Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Specifications Index
  • DTC Index
    • Ordered DTC Index
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Component Locations & Power, Ground And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Power and Grounding Connectors
        • Fuse Holder - 50 AMP
        • Ignition Switch
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Label
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - Top View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - Bottom View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C4
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (L61 2.2L/LE5 2.4L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LSJ 2.0L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C4
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C5
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C6
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C7 (L61 w/NU6)
      • Splice Pack Connectors
        • SP200
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • Component Locations & Power, Ground And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Power and Grounding Connectors
        • Fuse Holder - 50 AMP
        • Ignition Switch
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Label
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - Top View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - Bottom View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C4
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (L61 2.2L/LE5 2.4L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LSJ 2.0L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C4
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C5
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C6
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C7 (L61 w/NU6)
      • Splice Pack Connectors
        • SP200
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Connector End View (EBCM) (JM4/JL9)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • C100 Engine Side to Transmission Side Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Connector End View
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Motor Connector End View (L61/2.2L)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - 1 (LSJ/2.0L)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - 2 (LSJ/2.0L)
        • Cooling Fan Motor Connector End View (LE5/2.4L)
        • Cooling Fan Resistor Connector End View (LE5/2.4L)
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View (K34 w/M86 or MU3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View Left (K34/UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View Left (K34)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View Right (K34/UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View Right (K34)
        • Cruise Cancel/TCC Switch Connector End View (K34 w/M86 or MU3)
      • Data Communication Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • SP200 Connector End View
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C4
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C5
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C6
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C7 (L61 w/NU6)
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views (2.2L L61)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views (2.4L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (2.4L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (w/NU6)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (w/NU6)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (w/NU6)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (w/NU6)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (w/o NU6)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (w/o NU6)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (w/o NU6)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (w/o NU6)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil Module 4 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Inlet Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Connector End View (NU6)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Connector End View (NU6)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (2.0L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Barometric Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Supercharger Intercooler Coolant Pump Connector End View
        • Super Charge Inlet Pressure (SCIP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Supercharger Boost Gage Connector End View
        • Supercharger Bypass Valve Solenoid Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (2.2L L61)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Intake
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View
        • Clutch Pedal Postion (CPP) Switch Connector End View (M86)
        • Clutch Start Switch Connector End View (M86)
        • Generator Connector End View (LSJ)
        • Generator Connector End View (L61/LE5)
      • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (U2K)
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (UQ3)
        • Radio Connector End View C2 (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door (UQ4)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door Tweeter (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door (UQ4)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door Tweeter (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (UQ4)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (UQ4)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer (UQ3)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C3
      • Heated/Cooled Seat Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Passenger
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Back
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Back
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Passenger
      • Horn Connector End Views
        • Horn Connector End View
        • Horn Switch Connector End View C1 (Left)
        • Horn Switch Connector End View C2 (Right)
      • HVAC Connector End Views
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (C67)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (LE5/LSJ) (C67)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (L61) (C67)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Immobilizer Connector End Views
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 Engine Harness to the Transmission Harness Connector End View (MN5)
        • C101 Engine Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View (L61)
        • C101 Engine Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View (LE5)
        • C102 Engine Harness to the Crankshaft Position Jumper Connector End View (LSJ)
        • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to the Right Headlamp Assembly Connector End View
        • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to the Left Headlamp Assembly Connector End View
        • C121 Forward Lamp Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C160 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View (L61/LE5)
        • C161 Engine Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View (LSJ)
        • C162 Engine Harness to the Ignition Coil Harness (LSJ) Connector End View
        • C164 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Harness (LSJ) Connector End View
        • C170 Body Harness to the RF WSS Harness Connector End View
        • C171 Body Harness to the LF WSS Harness Connector End View
        • C200 I/P Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C201 I/P Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C202 Passenger Inflatable Restraint I/P Module to the Body Harness Connector End View (Coupe)
        • C202 Passenger Inflatable Restraint I/P Module to the Body Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C210 I/P Harness to the HVAC Harness Connector End View
        • C275 I/P Harness to the SIR Coil Assembly Connector End View
        • C300 Body Harness to the Passenger Door Harness Connector End View (w/DG7)
        • C300 Body Harness to the RF Door Harness Connector End View (w/o DG7)
        • C301 Body Harness to the Driver Door Harness Connector End View (w/DG7)
        • C301 Body Harness to the RF Door Harness Connector End View (w/o DG7)
        • C305 EVAP Canister Purge Jumper Harness/Fuel Tank Harness/Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Body Harness (w/ABS) Connector End View
        • C305 EVAP Canister Purge Jumper Harness/Fuel Tank Harness/Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Body Harness (w/oABS) Connector End View
        • C314 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View (KA1)
        • C315 Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness Connector End View (KA1)
        • C316 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C319 Body Harness to Left Roof Rail Module Harness (ASF) Connector End View
        • C320 Body Harness to Right Roof Rail Module Harness (ASF) Connector End View
        • C321 Body Harness to the Headliner Harness Connector End View (UE1)
        • C323 Body Harness to the Headliner Harness Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • C400 Battery Cable to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C401 Body Harness to the Rear Compartment Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C492 Body Harness to the LR Tail Lamp Assembly Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C493 Body Harness to the RR Tail Lamp Assembly Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C494 Body Harness to the License Lamp Harness Connector End View (Pursuit)
        • C700 Body Harness to the LR Door Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C800 Body Harness to the RR Door Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left (Coupe)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right (Coupe)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left (Sedan)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right (Sedan)
        • Backup Lamp Switch Connector End View (L61/LSJ w/M86)
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View (w/o CF5)
        • Door Ajar Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Ajar Switch Connector End View - LR (Sedan)
        • Door Ajar Switch Connector End View - Passenger
        • Door Ajar Switch Connector End View - RR (Sedan)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF (T37)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF (T37)
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View (T37)
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp High/Low Beam Connector End View - Right
        • Headlamp High/Low Beam Connector End View - Left
        • IP Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR (Coupe)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR (Coupe)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR (Sedan)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR (Sedan)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left (Coupe)
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right (Coupe)
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left (Sedan)
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right (Sedan)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
      • Manual Transmission Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Sensor Connector End View
      • Mirror Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (UE1)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver (DG7)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger (DG7)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View (DG7)
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Fuse Holder Connector End View - 50 AMP
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Console
        • Cigar Lighter (DT4) Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View (w/o DT4)
      • Power Steering Connector End Views
        • Electronic Power Steering (EPS) Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Electronic Power Steering (EPS) Control Module Connector End View C2
      • Powertrain Control Module Connector End Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C3 (M86)
      • Remote Function Connector End Views
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Passenger
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • SP200 Connector End View
      • Sunroof Connector End Views
        • Sunroof Control Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
      • Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View
      • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Solenoid Connector End View (MN5)
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Air Bag On/Off Indicator Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Seat Belt Tension Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View (w/ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View (w/o ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Connector End View - Left (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Connector End View - Right (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C3
        • Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner Connector End View - Passenger
      • Secondary/Configurable Control Connector End Views
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View Left (K34/UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View Right (K34/UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View Left (K34)
      • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
        • Door Latch Connector End View - Driver (AU3)
        • Door Latch Connector End View - LR (Sedan) (AU3)
        • Door Latch Connector End View - Passenger (AU3)
        • Door Latch Connector End View - RR (Sedan) (AU3)
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver (AU3)
        • Door Lock Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View (AU3)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
      • Window Systems Connector End Views
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver (A31)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR (Sedan) (A31)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger (Coupe) (A31)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Passenger (Sedan) (A31)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR (Sedan) (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver (Coupe) (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C1 (Sedan) (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C2 (Sedan) (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR (Sedan) (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR (Sedan) (A31)
      • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Assembly Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
        • 2.2L VIN F
        • 2.4L VIN B
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
        • 2.2L VIN F
        • 2.4L VIN B
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Engine Performance
        • 2.2L VIN F
        • 2.4L VIN B
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 2.2L VIN F
        • 2.4L VIN B
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - In-Line Harness Connector End Views
      • Inline Harness Connectors
        • C100 Engine Harness to the Transmission Harness (MN5)
        • C101 Engine Harness to the Body Harness (L61)
        • C101 Engine Harness to the Body Harness (LE5)
        • C102 Engine Harness to the Crankshaft Position Jumper (LSJ)
        • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to the Right Headlamp Assembly
        • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to the Left Headlamp Assembly
        • C121 Forward Lamp Harness to the Body Harness
        • C160 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Harness (L61/LE5)
        • C161 Engine Harness to the Body Harness (LSJ)
        • C162 Engine Harness to the Ignition Coil Harness (LSJ)
        • C164 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Harness (LSJ)
        • C170 Body Harness to the RF WSS Harness
        • C171 Body Harness to the LF WSS Harness
        • C200 I/P Harness to the Body Harness
        • C201 I/P Harness to the Body Harness
        • C202 Passenger Inflatable Restraint I/P Module to the Body Harness (Coupe)
        • C202 Passenger Inflatable Restraint I/P Module to the Body Harness (Sedan)
        • C210 I/P Harness to the HVAC Harness
        • C275 I/P Harness to the SIR Coil Assembly
        • C300 Body Harness to the Passenger Door Harness (w/DG7)
        • C300 Body Harness to the RF Door Harness (w/o DG7)
        • C301 Body Harness to the Driver Door Harness (w/DG7)
        • C301 Body Harness to the RF Door Harness (w/o DG7)
        • C305 EVAP Canister Purge Jumper Harness/Fuel Tank Harness/Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Body Harness (w/ABS)
        • C305 EVAP Canister Purge Jumper Harness/Fuel Tank Harness/Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Body Harness (w/oABS)
        • C314 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness (KA1)
        • C315 Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness (KA1)
        • C316 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness
        • C319 Body Harness to Left Roof Rail Module Harness (ASF)
        • C320 Body Harness to Right Roof Rail Module Harness (ASF)
        • C321 Body Harness to the Headliner Harness (UE1)
        • C323 Body Harness to the Headliner Harness (w/o UE1)
        • C400 Battery Cable to the Body Harness
        • C401 Body Harness to the Rear Compartment Lamp Harness
        • C492 Body Harness to the LR Tail Lamp Assembly Harness (Sedan)
        • C493 Body Harness to the RR Tail Lamp Assembly Harness (Sedan)
        • C494 Body Harness to the License Lamp Harness (Pursuit)
        • C700 Body Harness to the LR Door Harness (Sedan)
        • C800 Body Harness to the RR Door Harness (Sedan)
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Door Lock Systems & Door Handles
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Release Systems Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Vehicle Access Component Views
        • Vehicle Access Connectors
          • Door Latch - Driver (AU3)
          • Door Latch - LR (Sedan) (AU3)
          • Door Latch - Passenger (AU3)
          • Door Latch - RR (Sedan) (AU3)
          • Door Lock Switch - Driver (AU3)
          • Door Lock Switch - Front Passenger (AU3)
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release Actuator
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vehicle Access
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B3265
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Vehicle Access
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Trunk Release Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Front Inside
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Rear Inside
        • Door Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
        • Door Inside Handle Replacement
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Lock Replacement
        • Rear Door Lock Replacement
        • Front Side Door Locking Rod Replacement
        • Door Locking Rod/Bellcrank Replacement - Rear
        • Door Lock Striker Adjustment
        • Door Striker Replacement (Coupe)
        • Door Striker Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Striker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Luggage Compartment Description and Operation (Sedan)
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Immobilizer Component Views
        • Immobilizer Connectors
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Immobilizer
        • DTC B3031
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3055
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3060
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3935
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3976
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1629
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1632
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Programming Immobilizer System Components (Domestic)
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using Existing Keys
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using New Keys
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
        • Adding Keys
        • Replacing Keys
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM)
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
          • Master Keys
          • Valet Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Security Indicator Operation
    • Keyless Entry System And Remote Functions
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Remote Function Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Remote Function Component Views
        • Remote Function Connectors
          • Hood Ajar Switch Connector
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Remote Functions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3105
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3109, B3110, B3111, or B3112
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Remote Functions
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
        • Transmitter Programming
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Panic Alarm Function
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Always On or Flashing
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Module Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking The Vehicle Without Arming The CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • Passive Arming Mode
          • CTD Circuit Description
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Door Ajar Switches
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Theft System Description and Operation
  • Communication Devices
    • Data Communication System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Data Communication Schematic Icons
        • Data Communication Schematics
        • Body Control System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Data Communication Component Views
        • Data Communication Connectors
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C1
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C2
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C3
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C4
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • SP200
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Data Communications
        • DTC B1000
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1004
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1009
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0550
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U0001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U0100 - U0299
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC U1300, U1301, or U1305
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U2100
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U2103
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U2105-U2199
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Computer/Integrating Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with High Speed GMLAN Device
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Low Speed GMLAN Device
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Data Link References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Control Module Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Gateway
          • Power Mode Master
          • Body Control Module
        • Data Link Communications Description and Operation
          • Circuit Description
          • GMLAN High Speed Circuit Description
          • GMLAN Low Speed Circuit Description
          • Class 2 Circuit Description
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Class 2 Serial Data Usage
          • Serial Data Reference
    • Programming And Setup - All Systems
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Control Module References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Service Programming System (SPS)
        • Audio Amplifier Programming and Setup
        • Body Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • BCM Programming
          • SDM Part Number Learn Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Communication Interface Module Replacement
        • Digital Radio Receiver Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Engine Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • ECM Replacement
          • ECM Reprogramming
          • Setup for Component Replacement
        • Heated Seat Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Ignition Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Programming and Setup
        • Instrument Cluster Programming and Setup
        • Passenger Presence System Programming and Setup
        • Power Steering Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Powertrain Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Replacement
          • PCM Reprogramming
          • Setup for Component Replacement
        • Radio Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Sunroof Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Programming and Setup (Domestic)
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using Existing Keys
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using New Keys
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Programming and Setup (Canadian)
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using Existing Keys
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using New Keys
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
        • Transmission Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Programming and Setup
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Schematic Icons
      • Cruise Control Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Cruise Control Component Views
      • Cruise Control Connectors
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch (K34 w/M86 or MU3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Left (K34/UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Left (K34)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Right (K34/UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Right (K34)
        • Cruise Cancel/TCC Switch (K34 w/M86 or MU3)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cruise Control
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Disengage History)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Cruise Control)
      • DTC B3794
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0575
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0719
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0724
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1574
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Symptoms - Cruise Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Enabling Cruise Control
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
    • Repair Instructions
      • Cruise Release Switch Adjustment
      • Cruise Release Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Cruise Control Engaged
        • Cruise Control Disengaged
        • Cruise Control Inhibited
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular System, Entertainment System, And Navigation System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment/Communication Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Navigation System Schematics
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment/Communication Component Views
        • Entertainment/Communication Connectors
          • Audio Amplifier C1
          • Audio Amplifier C2
          • Audio Amplifier C3
          • Cellular Microphone
          • Digital Radio Receiver (U2K)
          • Radio C1 (UQ3)
          • Radio C2 (UQ3)
          • Speaker - LF Door (UQ3)
          • Speaker - LF Door (UQ4)
          • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter (UQ3)
          • Speaker - RF Door (UQ3)
          • Speaker - RF Door (UQ4)
          • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter (UQ3)
          • Speaker - LR (UQ3)
          • Speaker - LR (UQ4)
          • Speaker - RR (UQ3)
          • Speaker - RR (UQ4)
          • Speaker - Subwoofer (UQ3)
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C3
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Cellular Communication
          • Entertainment
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1259
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2455
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2470
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2476
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2482
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC U1500
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • XM Activation
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Radio Displays LOC, LOCKED, or CODE
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Radio Setup
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Mobile Telephone Microphone Replacement
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
        • Compact Disc Care and Cleaning
          • Care of CDs
          • Care of the CD Player
          • Stuck CDs
          • Labeling CDs
        • Radio Replacement
        • Digital Radio Receiver Replacement
        • Amplifier Replacement
        • Antenna Replacement - Cellular Communications/Digital Radio
        • Antenna Assembly Replacement - Cellular and Navigation
        • Fixed Antenna Replacement
        • Digital Radio Antenna Replacement
        • Digital Radio Antenna Cable Replacement
        • Radio Front Side Door Speaker Replacement
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Upper
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear
        • Speaker Replacement-Rear Compartment
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Placing a Call
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Radio Circuit Operation
          • Antenna System
          • AM/FM Reception
          • Digital Radio Receiver (If Equipped)
          • Speaker Operation
          • Audio Amplifier (If Equipped)
          • Radio Data System (RDS) (If Equipped)
          • RDS Messages
          • MP3/CD Formatting Information for MP3/CD Radios
          • Integral Multi Disc CD Changer (IMDX) (If Equipped)
          • Theft Deterrent
          • Radio Error Messages
          • OnStar ® (If Equipped)
          • Steering Wheel Controls (If Equipped)
          • Using the Auxiliary Input Jack (If Equipped)
          • Speed Compensated Volume (If Equipped)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connectors
          • Ambient Light Sensor
          • Backup Lamp - Left (Coupe)
          • Backup Lamp - Right (Coupe)
          • Backup Lamp - Left (Sedan)
          • Backup Lamp - Right (Sedan)
          • Backup Lamp Switch (L61/LSJ w/M86)
          • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL)
          • Dome Lamp (w/o CF5)
          • Door Ajar Switch - Driver
          • Door Ajar Switch - LR (Sedan)
          • Door Ajar Switch - Passenger
          • Door Ajar Switch - RR (Sedan)
          • Fog Lamp - LF (T37)
          • Fog Lamp - RF (T37)
          • Fog Lamp Switch (T37)
          • Hazard Switch
          • Headlamp High/Low Beam - Right
          • Headlamp High/Low Beam - Left
          • IP Dimmer Switch
          • License Lamp
          • Marker Lamp - LR (Coupe)
          • Marker Lamp - RR (Coupe)
          • Marker Lamp - LF
          • Marker Lamp - RF
          • Marker Lamp - LR (Sedan)
          • Marker Lamp - RR (Sedan)
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - LF
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - RF
          • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp
          • Stop Lamp Switch
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Left (Coupe)
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Right (Coupe)
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Left (Sedan)
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Right (Sedan)
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C1
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C2
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • DTC B1480
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2530
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2625
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3903
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3948
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3949
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3950
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3951
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Automatic Lamp Control Inoperative
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Dome Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Adjustment
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Door Jamb Switch Replacement - Front
        • Rear Door Jamb Switch Replacement
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch Replacement
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
        • Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Reading Lamp Replacement
        • Transmission Floor Shift Control Indicator Lamp Replacement
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Replacement
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Front Fog Lamp Replacement
        • Fog Lamp Aiming
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
        • Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Rear License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Chevy Coupe)
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Chevy/Pontiac Sedan)
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Chevy Export)
        • Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement (Coupe)
        • Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement (Sedan)
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel System Displays And Gauges
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications (2.0L )
        • Fuel Level Specifications (2.4L and 2.2L)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Displays and Gages Schematic Icons
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Displays and Gages Component Views
        • Displays and Gages Connectors
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
          • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch
          • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Displays and Gages
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0158
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2961
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0461 (2.0L)
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0461 (2.4L and 2.2L)
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0462 (2.0L)
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0462 (2.4L and 2.2L)
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0463 (2.0L)
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0463 (2.4L and 2.2L)
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0464
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0520
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Displays and Gages
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Boost Gage Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Chime Always On
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Chime Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative (2.0L)
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative (2.4L and 2.2L)
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Outside Air Temperature Display Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement
        • Driver Information Display Switch Replacement
        • Instrument Cluster Replacement
        • Supercharger Boost Air Pressure Indicator Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
          • Turn Signal On Warning
          • Additional Warnings
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Info
          • Set/Reset
          • Menu
          • Oil-Life Reset
          • Outside Air Temperature
          • Odometer
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Oil Soon
          • Engine Oil Pressure
          • Ice Possible
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Level
          • Service Vehicle Soon
          • Upshift Indicator
        • Instrument Cluster Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Boost Gage
  • Headlights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connectors
          • Ambient Light Sensor
          • Backup Lamp - Left (Coupe)
          • Backup Lamp - Right (Coupe)
          • Backup Lamp - Left (Sedan)
          • Backup Lamp - Right (Sedan)
          • Backup Lamp Switch (L61/LSJ w/M86)
          • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL)
          • Dome Lamp (w/o CF5)
          • Door Ajar Switch - Driver
          • Door Ajar Switch - LR (Sedan)
          • Door Ajar Switch - Passenger
          • Door Ajar Switch - RR (Sedan)
          • Fog Lamp - LF (T37)
          • Fog Lamp - RF (T37)
          • Fog Lamp Switch (T37)
          • Hazard Switch
          • Headlamp High/Low Beam - Right
          • Headlamp High/Low Beam - Left
          • IP Dimmer Switch
          • License Lamp
          • Marker Lamp - LR (Coupe)
          • Marker Lamp - RR (Coupe)
          • Marker Lamp - LF
          • Marker Lamp - RF
          • Marker Lamp - LR (Sedan)
          • Marker Lamp - RR (Sedan)
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - LF
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - RF
          • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp
          • Stop Lamp Switch
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Left (Coupe)
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Right (Coupe)
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Left (Sedan)
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Right (Sedan)
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C1
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C2
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • DTC B1480
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2530
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2625
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3903
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3948
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3949
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3950
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3951
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Automatic Lamp Control Inoperative
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Dome Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Adjustment
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Door Jamb Switch Replacement - Front
        • Rear Door Jamb Switch Replacement
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch Replacement
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
        • Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Reading Lamp Replacement
        • Transmission Floor Shift Control Indicator Lamp Replacement
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Replacement
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Front Fog Lamp Replacement
        • Fog Lamp Aiming
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
        • Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Rear License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Chevy Coupe)
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Chevy/Pontiac Sedan)
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Chevy Export)
        • Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement (Coupe)
        • Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement (Sedan)
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Fixed & MOVEABLE Window Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Moveable Window Schematics
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Window Systems Component Views
        • Window Systems Connectors
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid C1
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid C2
          • Window Motor - Driver (A31)
          • Window Motor - LR (Sedan) (A31)
          • Window Motor - Front Passenger (Coupe) (A31)
          • Window Motor - Passenger (Sedan) (A31)
          • Window Motor - RR (Sedan) (A31)
          • Window Switch - Driver (Coupe) (A31)
          • Window Switch - Driver C1 (Sedan) (A31)
          • Window Switch - Driver C2 (Sedan) (A31)
          • Window Switch - LR (Sedan) (A31)
          • Window Switch - Front Passenger (A31)
          • Window Switch - RR (Sedan) (A31)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Fixed and Moveable Windows
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B0283
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Fixed and Moveable Windows
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting:
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Rear Window Defogger Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All (Coupe)
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All (Sedan)
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Stationary Window Replacement
        • Body Side Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Door Window Regulator Handle Replacement
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement - Right Side
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement - Left Side
        • Rear Side Door Window Switch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Manual Coupe)
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Manual Sedan)
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Power Coupe)
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Power Sedan)
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Manual Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Power Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
        • Front Side Door Window Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horn Schematic Icons
        • Horn Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horn Component Views
        • Horn Connectors
          • Horn
          • Horn Switch C1 (Left)
          • Horn Switch C2 (Right)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2750
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Immobilizer Component Views
        • Immobilizer Connectors
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Immobilizer
        • DTC B3031
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3055
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3060
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3935
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3976
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1629
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1632
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Programming Immobilizer System Components (Domestic)
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using Existing Keys
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using New Keys
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
        • Adding Keys
        • Replacing Keys
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM)
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
          • Master Keys
          • Valet Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Security Indicator Operation
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Introduction
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode Master
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
          • Run/Crank Relay
          • Accessory (ACC) Relay
          • Fail-Safe Operation
          • Serial Data Messages
          • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • BCM Wake-Up/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Service, Diagnosis & Troubleshooting
      • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
      • Power Mode Mismatch
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
      • Passenger Car Zoning
      • Electrical Symbols
      • General Electrical Diagnosis
        • Basic Knowledge Required
      • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
      • Circuit Testing
      • Using Connector Test Adapters
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Tools Required
      • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Tools Required
      • Measuring Voltage
      • Measuring Voltage Drop
      • Measuring Frequency
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact in Bussed Electrical Centers (BEC)
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Control Module
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
          • Tools Required
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
      • Circuit Protection - Fuses
      • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
      • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
        • Notes
        • Repairing a Fusible Link
      • Wiring Repairs
      • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
      • Flat Wire Repairs
      • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Notes
        • Tools Required
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Tools Required
      • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
      • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
      • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
        • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
        • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
      • Connector Repairs
      • Connector Position Assurance Locks
      • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
      • Push to Seat Connectors
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
      • Pull to Seat Connectors
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Terminal Installation
      • AFL/EPC Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
        • Tools Required
      • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
      • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Terminal Installation
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Weather Pack Connectors
      • FCI Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • JST Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Kostel Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Micro.64 Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Molex Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Sumitomo Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Repairing Connector Terminals
        • Tools Required
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder is Stuck Inside Lock Cylinder Case
      • Ignition Key Cannot Be Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
      • Ignition Key Cannot Turn or Sticks in Any Position
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular System, Entertainment System, And Navigation System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment/Communication Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Navigation System Schematics
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment/Communication Component Views
        • Entertainment/Communication Connectors
          • Audio Amplifier C1
          • Audio Amplifier C2
          • Audio Amplifier C3
          • Cellular Microphone
          • Digital Radio Receiver (U2K)
          • Radio C1 (UQ3)
          • Radio C2 (UQ3)
          • Speaker - LF Door (UQ3)
          • Speaker - LF Door (UQ4)
          • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter (UQ3)
          • Speaker - RF Door (UQ3)
          • Speaker - RF Door (UQ4)
          • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter (UQ3)
          • Speaker - LR (UQ3)
          • Speaker - LR (UQ4)
          • Speaker - RR (UQ3)
          • Speaker - RR (UQ4)
          • Speaker - Subwoofer (UQ3)
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C3
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Cellular Communication
          • Entertainment
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1259
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2455
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2470
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2476
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2482
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC U1500
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • XM Activation
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Radio Displays LOC, LOCKED, or CODE
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Radio Setup
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Mobile Telephone Microphone Replacement
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
        • Compact Disc Care and Cleaning
          • Care of CDs
          • Care of the CD Player
          • Stuck CDs
          • Labeling CDs
        • Radio Replacement
        • Digital Radio Receiver Replacement
        • Amplifier Replacement
        • Antenna Replacement - Cellular Communications/Digital Radio
        • Antenna Assembly Replacement - Cellular and Navigation
        • Fixed Antenna Replacement
        • Digital Radio Antenna Replacement
        • Digital Radio Antenna Cable Replacement
        • Radio Front Side Door Speaker Replacement
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Upper
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear
        • Speaker Replacement-Rear Compartment
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Placing a Call
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Radio Circuit Operation
          • Antenna System
          • AM/FM Reception
          • Digital Radio Receiver (If Equipped)
          • Speaker Operation
          • Audio Amplifier (If Equipped)
          • Radio Data System (RDS) (If Equipped)
          • RDS Messages
          • MP3/CD Formatting Information for MP3/CD Radios
          • Integral Multi Disc CD Changer (IMDX) (If Equipped)
          • Theft Deterrent
          • Radio Error Messages
          • OnStar ® (If Equipped)
          • Steering Wheel Controls (If Equipped)
          • Using the Auxiliary Input Jack (If Equipped)
          • Speed Compensated Volume (If Equipped)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Repair
        • Front Fender Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (GM Nameplate)
        • Front Door Frame Applique Replacement
        • Radiator Grille Emblem Replacement (Chevrolet)
        • Radiator Grille Emblem Replacement (Pontiac)
        • Door Emblem and Nameplate Replacement (SS)
        • Door Emblem and Nameplate Replacement (Supercharged)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (Cobalt LS)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (Cobalt SS)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (Pontiac Pursuit GT)
        • Front Bumper Fascia Grille Replacement - Upper (Chevrolet)
        • Front Bumper Fascia Grille Replacement - Upper (Pontiac)
        • Body Side Molding Replacement (Four Door)
        • Body Side Molding Replacement (Two Door)
        • Rear Spoiler Replacement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Floor Coverings & HEADLININGS
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Front Carpet Retainer Replacement (Coupe)
        • Front Carpet Retainer Replacement (Sedan)
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Floor Panel Carpet Replacement
        • Rear Carpet Retainer Replacement
        • Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
    • Instrument Panel Trim And Console Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Steering Column Opening Filler Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Center Trim Panel Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Upper Trim Panel Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Trim Plate Bezel Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Trim Panel Replacement - Left Side
        • Instrument Panel Trim Panel Replacement - Right Side
        • Instrument Panel Storage Compartment Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Dampener Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Retainer Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Tie Bar Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Compartment Door Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Compartment Door Latch Replacement
        • Console Rear Trim Plate Replacement
        • Console Front Trim Plate Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Extension Replacement - Side
        • Front Floor Console Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Armrest Support Anchor Plate Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Armrest Replacement
    • Interior Trim And Paneling
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Upper Extension Trim Panel Replacement
        • Front Side Door Trim Panel Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Trim Panel Replacement
        • Rear Door Energy Absorber Pad Replacement
        • Front Side Door Water Deflector Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Water Deflector Replacement
        • Armrest Pull Cup Replacement
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement (Coupe)
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Compartment Trim Panel Replacement
        • Assist Handle Replacement
        • Coat Hook Replacement
        • Sunshade Replacement
        • Sunshade Retainer Bezel Replacement
        • Windshield Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Center Pillar Upper Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Center Pillar Lower Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Shelf Trim Panel Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Sill Trim Plate Replacement
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Bezel Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Cup Holder Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Rear Cup Holder Replacement
        • Body Lock Pillar Garnish Lower Molding Replacement (Coupe)
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Lock Pillar Upper (Coupe)
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Seat - Hard to Move Forward and Rearward
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Lock
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Unlock
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Locks Between Lock Positions
        • Seats - Adjuster Track Locks Ahead of Other Track
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Seat Replacement - Bucket
        • Front Seat Adjuster Replacement
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Seat Belt Guide Replacement - Front
        • Front Seat Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat
        • Seat Cushion Inner Trim Panel Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
        • Front Seat Back Cover and Cushion Pad Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Frame Replacement
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
        • Lumbar Actuator Replacement - Manual
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Replacement
        • Seat Back Release Latch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear Split Folding
        • Seat Back Cover, Pad, and Back Panel Replacement - Rear Split Folding Seat
      • Description and Operation
        • Manual Seats Description
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connectors
          • Ambient Light Sensor
          • Backup Lamp - Left (Coupe)
          • Backup Lamp - Right (Coupe)
          • Backup Lamp - Left (Sedan)
          • Backup Lamp - Right (Sedan)
          • Backup Lamp Switch (L61/LSJ w/M86)
          • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL)
          • Dome Lamp (w/o CF5)
          • Door Ajar Switch - Driver
          • Door Ajar Switch - LR (Sedan)
          • Door Ajar Switch - Passenger
          • Door Ajar Switch - RR (Sedan)
          • Fog Lamp - LF (T37)
          • Fog Lamp - RF (T37)
          • Fog Lamp Switch (T37)
          • Hazard Switch
          • Headlamp High/Low Beam - Right
          • Headlamp High/Low Beam - Left
          • IP Dimmer Switch
          • License Lamp
          • Marker Lamp - LR (Coupe)
          • Marker Lamp - RR (Coupe)
          • Marker Lamp - LF
          • Marker Lamp - RF
          • Marker Lamp - LR (Sedan)
          • Marker Lamp - RR (Sedan)
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - LF
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - RF
          • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp
          • Stop Lamp Switch
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Left (Coupe)
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Right (Coupe)
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Left (Sedan)
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Right (Sedan)
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C1
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C2
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • DTC B1480
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2530
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2625
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3903
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3948
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3949
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3950
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3951
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Automatic Lamp Control Inoperative
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Dome Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Adjustment
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Door Jamb Switch Replacement - Front
        • Rear Door Jamb Switch Replacement
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch Replacement
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
        • Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Reading Lamp Replacement
        • Transmission Floor Shift Control Indicator Lamp Replacement
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Replacement
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Front Fog Lamp Replacement
        • Fog Lamp Aiming
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
        • Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Rear License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Chevy Coupe)
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Chevy/Pontiac Sedan)
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Chevy Export)
        • Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement (Coupe)
        • Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement (Sedan)
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
  • Memory Modules
    • Secondary And Configurable Customer Controls
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Secondary/Configurable Control Schematic Icons
        • Steering Wheel Secondary/Configurable Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Secondary/Configurable Control Component Views
        • Secondary/Configurable Control Connectors
          • Steering Wheel Controls Left (K34/UK3)
          • Steering Wheel Controls Right (K34/UK3)
          • Steering Wheel Controls Left (K34)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Secondary and Configurable Customer Controls
        • Symptoms - Secondary and Configurable Customer Controls
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Personalization Description and Operation
          • Personalization
        • Steering Wheel Controls Description and Operation
  • Mirrors
    • Mirror System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Mirror Component Views
        • Mirror Connectors
          • Inside Rearview Mirror (UE1)
          • Inside Rearview Mirror (w/o UE1)
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver (DG7)
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger (DG7)
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch (DG7)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
      • Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and OnStar®
  • Seats
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Seat - Hard to Move Forward and Rearward
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Lock
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Unlock
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Locks Between Lock Positions
        • Seats - Adjuster Track Locks Ahead of Other Track
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Seat Replacement - Bucket
        • Front Seat Adjuster Replacement
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Seat Belt Guide Replacement - Front
        • Front Seat Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat
        • Seat Cushion Inner Trim Panel Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
        • Front Seat Back Cover and Cushion Pad Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Frame Replacement
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
        • Lumbar Actuator Replacement - Manual
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Replacement
        • Seat Back Release Latch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear Split Folding
        • Seat Back Cover, Pad, and Back Panel Replacement - Rear Split Folding Seat
      • Description and Operation
        • Manual Seats Description
    • Seat Heating System And Seat Cooling System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Component Views
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Connectors
          • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver
          • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger
          • Heated Seat Element - Driver Back
          • Heated Seat Element - Passenger Back
          • Heated Seat Switch - Driver
          • Heated Seat Switch - Passenger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Temperature Adjustment Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement
        • Heated Seat Control Module Replacement - Front
        • Seat Back Heater Element Replacement - Front
        • Seat Cushion Heater Element Replacement - Front
      • Description and Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Heated Seat Switch
          • Control Module Power and Ground
          • Heated Seat Operation
          • Temperature Regulation
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Steering Wheel and Column Schematic Icons
        • Steering Wheel Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connectors
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Solenoid (MN5)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
          • Inspection
          • Electric Power Steering (EPS) Inspection
          • Collapse Measurement
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Steering Wheel Shroud Replacement
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Jacket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security-Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Fixed & MOVEABLE Window Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Moveable Window Schematics
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Window Systems Component Views
        • Window Systems Connectors
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid C1
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid C2
          • Window Motor - Driver (A31)
          • Window Motor - LR (Sedan) (A31)
          • Window Motor - Front Passenger (Coupe) (A31)
          • Window Motor - Passenger (Sedan) (A31)
          • Window Motor - RR (Sedan) (A31)
          • Window Switch - Driver (Coupe) (A31)
          • Window Switch - Driver C1 (Sedan) (A31)
          • Window Switch - Driver C2 (Sedan) (A31)
          • Window Switch - LR (Sedan) (A31)
          • Window Switch - Front Passenger (A31)
          • Window Switch - RR (Sedan) (A31)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Fixed and Moveable Windows
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B0283
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Fixed and Moveable Windows
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting:
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Rear Window Defogger Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All (Coupe)
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All (Sedan)
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Stationary Window Replacement
        • Body Side Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Door Window Regulator Handle Replacement
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement - Right Side
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement - Left Side
        • Rear Side Door Window Switch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Manual Coupe)
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Manual Sedan)
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Power Coupe)
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Power Sedan)
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Manual Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Power Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
        • Front Side Door Window Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wiper System & Washer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Wiper/Washer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Wiper/Washer Component Views
        • Wiper/Washer Connectors
          • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump
          • Windshield Wiper Motor Assembly
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiper/Washer Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3715, B3716, B3717, B3718, or B3719
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Washers Always On
        • Washers Inoperative
        • Wipers Always On
        • Wipers Inoperative - All Modes
        • Wipers Inoperative - One or More Modes (Front Wiper)
        • Wiper Arm Tip Pressure Check
          • Wiper Arm Pressure Check
        • Wiper Blade Element Check
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wipers/Washer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Nozzle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement - Windshield Washer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Solvent Container Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Blade Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Drive System Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Glass Cleaning
        • Blade Element Cleaning
        • Wiper Chatter Repair
      • Description and Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer System Power and Ground
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Wash Operation
          • Mist Operation
          • Intermittent Operation
          • Low Operation
          • High Operation
          • Vehicle Speed Sensitive Wipers
          • Park Position Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Door Lock Systems & Door Handles
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Release Systems Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Vehicle Access Component Views
        • Vehicle Access Connectors
          • Door Latch - Driver (AU3)
          • Door Latch - LR (Sedan) (AU3)
          • Door Latch - Passenger (AU3)
          • Door Latch - RR (Sedan) (AU3)
          • Door Lock Switch - Driver (AU3)
          • Door Lock Switch - Front Passenger (AU3)
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release Actuator
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vehicle Access
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B3265
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Vehicle Access
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Trunk Release Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Front Inside
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Rear Inside
        • Door Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
        • Door Inside Handle Replacement
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Lock Replacement
        • Rear Door Lock Replacement
        • Front Side Door Locking Rod Replacement
        • Door Locking Rod/Bellcrank Replacement - Rear
        • Door Lock Striker Adjustment
        • Door Striker Replacement (Coupe)
        • Door Striker Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Striker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Luggage Compartment Description and Operation (Sedan)
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Immobilizer Component Views
        • Immobilizer Connectors
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Immobilizer
        • DTC B3031
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3055
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3060
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3935
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3976
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1629
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1632
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Programming Immobilizer System Components (Domestic)
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using Existing Keys
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using New Keys
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
        • Adding Keys
        • Replacing Keys
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM)
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
          • Master Keys
          • Valet Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Security Indicator Operation
    • Keyless Entry System And Remote Functions
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Remote Function Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Remote Function Component Views
        • Remote Function Connectors
          • Hood Ajar Switch Connector
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Remote Functions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3105
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3109, B3110, B3111, or B3112
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Remote Functions
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
        • Transmitter Programming
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Panic Alarm Function
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Always On or Flashing
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Module Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking The Vehicle Without Arming The CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • Passive Arming Mode
          • CTD Circuit Description
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Door Ajar Switches
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Theft System Description and Operation
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Air/Wind Noise Symptoms
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Air/Wind Noise
        • Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
        • Air Pressure Test
        • Soap Suds or Bubble Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior Windnoise
        • Interior Windnoise
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Bolted Exterior Body Panels And Closures
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Hood Side Bumper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lid Overslam Bumper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Release Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Filler Door Replacement
        • Front Side Door Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Replacement
        • Front Fender Replacement
        • Front Side Door Hinge Replacement
        • Hood Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lid Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Hinge Replacement
        • Hood Adjustment
        • Hood Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Insulator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lid Adjustment
        • Rear Compartment Lid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Housing Replacement
        • Hood Strut Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Rear Side Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Plenum to Hood
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lid Strut Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement (Coupe)
        • Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Front and Rear Side Door Upper Auxiliary Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Upper Auxiliary Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Weatherstrip Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Front End Sealing Description
    • Bumper System & Fascia
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Bumper Fascia Energy Absorber Replacement
        • Front Bumper Impact Bar Replacement
        • Front Bumper Impact Bar Bracket Replacement
        • Front Bumper Fascia Replacement
        • Front Bumper Fascia Opening Cover Replacement
        • Front Bumper Fascia Air Deflector Replacement
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Replacement (Coupe)
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Bracket Replacement (Coupe)
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Bracket Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Energy Absorber Replacement
        • Rear Bumper Impact Bar Replacement
    • Squeaks And Rattles
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Squeaks and Rattles
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Water Leaks
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Waterleak Test Preparation
        • Dust Leaks
        • Water Hose Test
        • Air Hose Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Waterleak Repair
        • Stationary Window Waterleak Repair
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Repair
        • Front Fender Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (GM Nameplate)
        • Front Door Frame Applique Replacement
        • Radiator Grille Emblem Replacement (Chevrolet)
        • Radiator Grille Emblem Replacement (Pontiac)
        • Door Emblem and Nameplate Replacement (SS)
        • Door Emblem and Nameplate Replacement (Supercharged)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (Cobalt LS)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (Cobalt SS)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (Pontiac Pursuit GT)
        • Front Bumper Fascia Grille Replacement - Upper (Chevrolet)
        • Front Bumper Fascia Grille Replacement - Upper (Pontiac)
        • Body Side Molding Replacement (Four Door)
        • Body Side Molding Replacement (Two Door)
        • Rear Spoiler Replacement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Floor Coverings & HEADLININGS
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Front Carpet Retainer Replacement (Coupe)
        • Front Carpet Retainer Replacement (Sedan)
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Floor Panel Carpet Replacement
        • Rear Carpet Retainer Replacement
        • Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
    • Instrument Panel Trim And Console Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Steering Column Opening Filler Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Center Trim Panel Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Upper Trim Panel Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Trim Plate Bezel Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Trim Panel Replacement - Left Side
        • Instrument Panel Trim Panel Replacement - Right Side
        • Instrument Panel Storage Compartment Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Dampener Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Retainer Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Tie Bar Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Compartment Door Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Compartment Door Latch Replacement
        • Console Rear Trim Plate Replacement
        • Console Front Trim Plate Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Extension Replacement - Side
        • Front Floor Console Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Armrest Support Anchor Plate Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Armrest Replacement
    • Interior Trim And Paneling
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Upper Extension Trim Panel Replacement
        • Front Side Door Trim Panel Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Trim Panel Replacement
        • Rear Door Energy Absorber Pad Replacement
        • Front Side Door Water Deflector Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Water Deflector Replacement
        • Armrest Pull Cup Replacement
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement (Coupe)
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Compartment Trim Panel Replacement
        • Assist Handle Replacement
        • Coat Hook Replacement
        • Sunshade Replacement
        • Sunshade Retainer Bezel Replacement
        • Windshield Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Center Pillar Upper Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Center Pillar Lower Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Shelf Trim Panel Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Sill Trim Plate Replacement
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Bezel Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Cup Holder Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Rear Cup Holder Replacement
        • Body Lock Pillar Garnish Lower Molding Replacement (Coupe)
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Lock Pillar Upper (Coupe)
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Seat - Hard to Move Forward and Rearward
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Lock
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Unlock
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Locks Between Lock Positions
        • Seats - Adjuster Track Locks Ahead of Other Track
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Seat Replacement - Bucket
        • Front Seat Adjuster Replacement
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Seat Belt Guide Replacement - Front
        • Front Seat Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat
        • Seat Cushion Inner Trim Panel Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
        • Front Seat Back Cover and Cushion Pad Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Frame Replacement
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
        • Lumbar Actuator Replacement - Manual
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Replacement
        • Seat Back Release Latch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear Split Folding
        • Seat Back Cover, Pad, and Back Panel Replacement - Rear Split Folding Seat
      • Description and Operation
        • Manual Seats Description
  • Frames, Subframes & Crossmembers
    • Frame And Underbody
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Alignment Checking
      • Repair Instructions
        • Frame Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Fender Liner Replacement
        • Wheelhouse Liner Panel Replacement - Rear
        • Splash Shield Replacement - Engine
        • Underbody Inspection
      • Description and Operation
        • Frame and Underbody Description
        • Vertical Body Zero Line
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Immobilizer Component Views
        • Immobilizer Connectors
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Immobilizer
        • DTC B3031
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3055
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3060
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3935
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3976
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1629
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1632
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Programming Immobilizer System Components (Domestic)
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using Existing Keys
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using New Keys
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
        • Adding Keys
        • Replacing Keys
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM)
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
          • Master Keys
          • Valet Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Security Indicator Operation
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Introduction
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode Master
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
          • Run/Crank Relay
          • Accessory (ACC) Relay
          • Fail-Safe Operation
          • Serial Data Messages
          • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • BCM Wake-Up/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Service, Diagnosis & Troubleshooting
      • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
      • Power Mode Mismatch
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
      • Passenger Car Zoning
      • Electrical Symbols
      • General Electrical Diagnosis
        • Basic Knowledge Required
      • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
      • Circuit Testing
      • Using Connector Test Adapters
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Tools Required
      • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Tools Required
      • Measuring Voltage
      • Measuring Voltage Drop
      • Measuring Frequency
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact in Bussed Electrical Centers (BEC)
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Control Module
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
          • Tools Required
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
      • Circuit Protection - Fuses
      • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
      • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
        • Notes
        • Repairing a Fusible Link
      • Wiring Repairs
      • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
      • Flat Wire Repairs
      • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Notes
        • Tools Required
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Tools Required
      • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
      • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
      • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
        • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
        • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
      • Connector Repairs
      • Connector Position Assurance Locks
      • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
      • Push to Seat Connectors
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
      • Pull to Seat Connectors
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Terminal Installation
      • AFL/EPC Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
        • Tools Required
      • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
      • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Terminal Installation
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Weather Pack Connectors
      • FCI Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • JST Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Kostel Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Micro.64 Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Molex Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Sumitomo Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Repairing Connector Terminals
        • Tools Required
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder is Stuck Inside Lock Cylinder Case
      • Ignition Key Cannot Be Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
      • Ignition Key Cannot Turn or Sticks in Any Position
  • Mirrors
    • Mirror System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Mirror Component Views
        • Mirror Connectors
          • Inside Rearview Mirror (UE1)
          • Inside Rearview Mirror (w/o UE1)
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver (DG7)
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger (DG7)
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch (DG7)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
      • Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and OnStar®
  • Seats
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Seat - Hard to Move Forward and Rearward
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Lock
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Unlock
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Locks Between Lock Positions
        • Seats - Adjuster Track Locks Ahead of Other Track
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Seat Replacement - Bucket
        • Front Seat Adjuster Replacement
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Seat Belt Guide Replacement - Front
        • Front Seat Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat
        • Seat Cushion Inner Trim Panel Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
        • Front Seat Back Cover and Cushion Pad Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Frame Replacement
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
        • Lumbar Actuator Replacement - Manual
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Replacement
        • Seat Back Release Latch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear Split Folding
        • Seat Back Cover, Pad, and Back Panel Replacement - Rear Split Folding Seat
      • Description and Operation
        • Manual Seats Description
    • Seat Heating System And Seat Cooling System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Component Views
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Connectors
          • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver
          • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger
          • Heated Seat Element - Driver Back
          • Heated Seat Element - Passenger Back
          • Heated Seat Switch - Driver
          • Heated Seat Switch - Passenger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Temperature Adjustment Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement
        • Heated Seat Control Module Replacement - Front
        • Seat Back Heater Element Replacement - Front
        • Seat Cushion Heater Element Replacement - Front
      • Description and Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Heated Seat Switch
          • Control Module Power and Ground
          • Heated Seat Operation
          • Temperature Regulation
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Sunroof System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Sunroof Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Sunroof Component Views
        • Sunroof Connectors
          • Sunroof Control Motor
          • Sunroof Switch
      • Visual Identification
        • Power Sunroof Disassembled View
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Roof
        • Symptoms - Roof
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Sunroof Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Sunroof Does Not Open
          • Test Description
        • Power Sunroof Does Not Open to Vent Position
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Sunroof Drain Inspection and Cleaning
          • Drain Hose Routing
          • Plugged Drain Hose
          • Disconnected Drain Hose
        • Sunroof Housing Front Drain Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Housing Rear Drain Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Finishing Lace Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Module Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor Synchronization
        • Sunroof Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Height and Opening Fit Adjustment
        • Sunroof Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Sunroof Description and Operation
          • Power Sunroof System Components
          • Power Sunroof Operation
          • Open to Vent
          • To Slide Open
          • To Close
          • Sunroof Switch
          • Limit Switch
  • Windows
    • Fixed & MOVEABLE Window Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Moveable Window Schematics
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Window Systems Component Views
        • Window Systems Connectors
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid C1
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid C2
          • Window Motor - Driver (A31)
          • Window Motor - LR (Sedan) (A31)
          • Window Motor - Front Passenger (Coupe) (A31)
          • Window Motor - Passenger (Sedan) (A31)
          • Window Motor - RR (Sedan) (A31)
          • Window Switch - Driver (Coupe) (A31)
          • Window Switch - Driver C1 (Sedan) (A31)
          • Window Switch - Driver C2 (Sedan) (A31)
          • Window Switch - LR (Sedan) (A31)
          • Window Switch - Front Passenger (A31)
          • Window Switch - RR (Sedan) (A31)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Fixed and Moveable Windows
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B0283
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Fixed and Moveable Windows
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting:
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Rear Window Defogger Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All (Coupe)
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All (Sedan)
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Stationary Window Replacement
        • Body Side Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Door Window Regulator Handle Replacement
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement - Right Side
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement - Left Side
        • Rear Side Door Window Switch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Manual Coupe)
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Manual Sedan)
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Power Coupe)
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Power Sedan)
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Manual Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Power Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
        • Front Side Door Window Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake System & Engine Traction System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Antilock Brake System Schematic Icons
        • Antilock Brake System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Antilock Brake System Component Views
        • Antilock Brake System Connectors
          • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (JM4/JL9)
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0035-C0050
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC C0110
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0161
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC C0550
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC C0551
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC C0561
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC C0899
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0900
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Antilock Brake System Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Replacement
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Bracket Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Antilock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Engine Traction System (ETS) (NW7)
          • Brake Warning Indicator
          • ABS Indicator
          • ECE 13 Response
          • Engine Traction System Indicator
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Disc Brake Component Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Disc Brakes
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Variation Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Surface and Wear Inspection
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Measurement
        • Brake Pad Inspection
        • Brake Caliper Inspection
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Front
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Rear
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Disc Brake Pads Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Disc Brake Pads Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pad and Rotor Burnishing
        • Front Brake Caliper Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Caliper Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Brake Caliper Overhaul
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rear Brake Caliper Overhaul
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Brake Rotor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Rotor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction - Indexing
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction - Correction Plates
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction - On Vehicle Lathe
          • Tools Required
        • Brake Rotor Refinishing
      • Description and Operation
        • Disc Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Drum Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Drum Brake Component Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Drum Brakes
        • Brake Drum Diameter Measurement
        • Brake Drum Surface and Wear Inspection
          • Tools Required
        • Drum Brake Hardware Inspection
        • Drum Brake Adjusting Hardware Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Drum Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Drum Refinishing
        • Brake Shoe Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drum Brake Backing Plate Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drum Brake Hardware Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drum Brake Adjusting Hardware Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Cylinder Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drum Brake Adjustment
          • Tools Required
      • Description and Operation
        • Drum Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Hydraulic Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Brake Component Specifications
        • Brake System Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Hydraulic Brake Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Views
        • Hydraulic Brake Connectors
          • Brake Fluid Level Switch
          • Park Brake Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Hydraulic Brakes
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Brake Warning Indicator Always On
        • Brake Warning Indicator Inoperative
        • Brake Pulsation
          • Test Description
        • Brake System Noise
        • Braking Action Uneven - Pulls to One Side
          • Test Description
        • Braking Action Uneven - Front to Rear
          • Test Description
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brakes Drag
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Brake Fluid Loss
        • Disc Brake System Diagnosis
          • Test Description
        • Drum Brake System Diagnosis
          • Test Description
        • Hydraulic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Brake Assist System Diagnosis
        • Brake System Vehicle Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Road Testing Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement and Inspection
          • Tools Required
        • Brake System Vacuum Source Test
        • Brake System External Leak Inspection
        • Brake System Internal Leak Test
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Operation Visual Inspection
          • Disc Brake
          • Drum Brake
        • Brake Pipe and Hose Inspection
        • Brake Pedal Pushrod Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Filling
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Replacement
        • Master Cylinder Replacement (Automatic)
        • Master Cylinder Replacement (Manual)
        • Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding
        • Master Cylinder Fluid Level Sensor Replacement
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Proportioning Valve Replacement
        • Brake Pipe Replacement
          • Tools Required
        • Front Brake Hose Replacement
        • Rear Brake Hose Replacement (Jounce)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Manual)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Pressure)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Flushing
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Replacement
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Check Valve and/or Hose Replacement (2.0L)
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Check Valve and/or Hose Replacement (2.2L)
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Check Valve and/or Hose Replacement (2.4L)
      • Description and Operation
        • Brake Warning System Description and Operation
          • Brake System Indicator
        • Hydraulic Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
        • Brake Assist System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Parking Brake System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Park Brake
      • Symptoms - Park Brake
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptom List
      • Park Brake Will Not Hold or Release (Rear Disc Brakes)
      • Park Brake Will Not Hold or Release (Rear Drum Brakes)
      • Park Brake System Diagnosis
      • Park Brake Hardware Inspection
    • Repair Instructions
      • Park Brake Lever Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Warning Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Rear (Disc)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Rear (Drum)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Adjustment (Disc)
      • Park Brake Adjustment (Drum)
    • Description and Operation
      • Park Brake System Description and Operation
        • System Component Description
        • System Operation - Disc Brakes
        • System Operation - Drum Brakes
  • Traction Control
    • Anti-Lock Brake System & Engine Traction System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Antilock Brake System Schematic Icons
        • Antilock Brake System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Antilock Brake System Component Views
        • Antilock Brake System Connectors
          • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (JM4/JL9)
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0035-C0050
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC C0110
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0161
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC C0550
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC C0551
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC C0561
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC C0899
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0900
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Antilock Brake System Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Replacement
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Bracket Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Antilock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Engine Traction System (ETS) (NW7)
          • Brake Warning Indicator
          • ABS Indicator
          • ECE 13 Response
          • Engine Traction System Indicator
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Wheel Drive Shafts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Disassembled Views (GKN)
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Disassembled Views (Delphi - Front)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wheel Drive Shafts
        • Symptoms - Wheel Drive Shafts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating from Coast
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
        • Shudder or Vibration During Acceleration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Drive Shaft Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint and Seal Replacement (GKN)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint and Seal Replacement (GKN)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint and Seal Replacement (Delphi)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seal and Clamp
          • Inner Joint
          • Outer Joint
          • Intermediate Drive Shaft
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • Accessory Power Socket
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Power Outlet Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connectors
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet - Console
          • Cigar Lighter (DT4) Auxiliary Power Outlet (w/o DT4)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigar Lighter Receptacle or 12-Volt Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Component Locations & Power, Ground And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Power and Grounding Connectors
        • Fuse Holder - 50 AMP
        • Ignition Switch
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Label
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - Top View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - Bottom View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C4
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (L61 2.2L/LE5 2.4L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LSJ 2.0L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C4
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C5
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C6
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C7 (L61 w/NU6)
      • Splice Pack Connectors
        • SP200
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Connector End View (EBCM) (JM4/JL9)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • C100 Engine Side to Transmission Side Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Connector End View
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Motor Connector End View (L61/2.2L)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - 1 (LSJ/2.0L)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - 2 (LSJ/2.0L)
        • Cooling Fan Motor Connector End View (LE5/2.4L)
        • Cooling Fan Resistor Connector End View (LE5/2.4L)
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View (K34 w/M86 or MU3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View Left (K34/UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View Left (K34)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View Right (K34/UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View Right (K34)
        • Cruise Cancel/TCC Switch Connector End View (K34 w/M86 or MU3)
      • Data Communication Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • SP200 Connector End View
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C4
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C5
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C6
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C7 (L61 w/NU6)
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views (2.2L L61)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views (2.4L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (2.4L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (w/NU6)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (w/NU6)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (w/NU6)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (w/NU6)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (w/o NU6)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (w/o NU6)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (w/o NU6)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (w/o NU6)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil Module 4 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Inlet Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Connector End View (NU6)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Connector End View (NU6)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (2.0L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Barometric Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Supercharger Intercooler Coolant Pump Connector End View
        • Super Charge Inlet Pressure (SCIP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Supercharger Boost Gage Connector End View
        • Supercharger Bypass Valve Solenoid Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (2.2L L61)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Intake
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View
        • Clutch Pedal Postion (CPP) Switch Connector End View (M86)
        • Clutch Start Switch Connector End View (M86)
        • Generator Connector End View (LSJ)
        • Generator Connector End View (L61/LE5)
      • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (U2K)
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (UQ3)
        • Radio Connector End View C2 (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door (UQ4)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door Tweeter (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door (UQ4)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door Tweeter (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (UQ4)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (UQ4)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer (UQ3)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C3
      • Heated/Cooled Seat Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Passenger
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Back
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Back
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Passenger
      • Horn Connector End Views
        • Horn Connector End View
        • Horn Switch Connector End View C1 (Left)
        • Horn Switch Connector End View C2 (Right)
      • HVAC Connector End Views
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (C67)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (LE5/LSJ) (C67)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (L61) (C67)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Immobilizer Connector End Views
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 Engine Harness to the Transmission Harness Connector End View (MN5)
        • C101 Engine Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View (L61)
        • C101 Engine Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View (LE5)
        • C102 Engine Harness to the Crankshaft Position Jumper Connector End View (LSJ)
        • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to the Right Headlamp Assembly Connector End View
        • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to the Left Headlamp Assembly Connector End View
        • C121 Forward Lamp Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C160 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View (L61/LE5)
        • C161 Engine Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View (LSJ)
        • C162 Engine Harness to the Ignition Coil Harness (LSJ) Connector End View
        • C164 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Harness (LSJ) Connector End View
        • C170 Body Harness to the RF WSS Harness Connector End View
        • C171 Body Harness to the LF WSS Harness Connector End View
        • C200 I/P Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C201 I/P Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C202 Passenger Inflatable Restraint I/P Module to the Body Harness Connector End View (Coupe)
        • C202 Passenger Inflatable Restraint I/P Module to the Body Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C210 I/P Harness to the HVAC Harness Connector End View
        • C275 I/P Harness to the SIR Coil Assembly Connector End View
        • C300 Body Harness to the Passenger Door Harness Connector End View (w/DG7)
        • C300 Body Harness to the RF Door Harness Connector End View (w/o DG7)
        • C301 Body Harness to the Driver Door Harness Connector End View (w/DG7)
        • C301 Body Harness to the RF Door Harness Connector End View (w/o DG7)
        • C305 EVAP Canister Purge Jumper Harness/Fuel Tank Harness/Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Body Harness (w/ABS) Connector End View
        • C305 EVAP Canister Purge Jumper Harness/Fuel Tank Harness/Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Body Harness (w/oABS) Connector End View
        • C314 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View (KA1)
        • C315 Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness Connector End View (KA1)
        • C316 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C319 Body Harness to Left Roof Rail Module Harness (ASF) Connector End View
        • C320 Body Harness to Right Roof Rail Module Harness (ASF) Connector End View
        • C321 Body Harness to the Headliner Harness Connector End View (UE1)
        • C323 Body Harness to the Headliner Harness Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • C400 Battery Cable to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C401 Body Harness to the Rear Compartment Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C492 Body Harness to the LR Tail Lamp Assembly Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C493 Body Harness to the RR Tail Lamp Assembly Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C494 Body Harness to the License Lamp Harness Connector End View (Pursuit)
        • C700 Body Harness to the LR Door Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C800 Body Harness to the RR Door Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left (Coupe)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right (Coupe)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left (Sedan)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right (Sedan)
        • Backup Lamp Switch Connector End View (L61/LSJ w/M86)
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View (w/o CF5)
        • Door Ajar Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Ajar Switch Connector End View - LR (Sedan)
        • Door Ajar Switch Connector End View - Passenger
        • Door Ajar Switch Connector End View - RR (Sedan)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF (T37)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF (T37)
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View (T37)
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp High/Low Beam Connector End View - Right
        • Headlamp High/Low Beam Connector End View - Left
        • IP Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR (Coupe)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR (Coupe)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR (Sedan)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR (Sedan)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left (Coupe)
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right (Coupe)
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left (Sedan)
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right (Sedan)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
      • Manual Transmission Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Sensor Connector End View
      • Mirror Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (UE1)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver (DG7)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger (DG7)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View (DG7)
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Fuse Holder Connector End View - 50 AMP
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Console
        • Cigar Lighter (DT4) Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View (w/o DT4)
      • Power Steering Connector End Views
        • Electronic Power Steering (EPS) Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Electronic Power Steering (EPS) Control Module Connector End View C2
      • Powertrain Control Module Connector End Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C3 (M86)
      • Remote Function Connector End Views
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Passenger
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • SP200 Connector End View
      • Sunroof Connector End Views
        • Sunroof Control Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
      • Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View
      • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Solenoid Connector End View (MN5)
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Air Bag On/Off Indicator Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Seat Belt Tension Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View (w/ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View (w/o ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Connector End View - Left (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Connector End View - Right (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C3
        • Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner Connector End View - Passenger
      • Secondary/Configurable Control Connector End Views
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View Left (K34/UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View Right (K34/UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View Left (K34)
      • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
        • Door Latch Connector End View - Driver (AU3)
        • Door Latch Connector End View - LR (Sedan) (AU3)
        • Door Latch Connector End View - Passenger (AU3)
        • Door Latch Connector End View - RR (Sedan) (AU3)
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver (AU3)
        • Door Lock Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View (AU3)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
      • Window Systems Connector End Views
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver (A31)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR (Sedan) (A31)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger (Coupe) (A31)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Passenger (Sedan) (A31)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR (Sedan) (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver (Coupe) (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C1 (Sedan) (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C2 (Sedan) (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR (Sedan) (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR (Sedan) (A31)
      • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Assembly Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Introduction
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode Master
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
          • Run/Crank Relay
          • Accessory (ACC) Relay
          • Fail-Safe Operation
          • Serial Data Messages
          • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • BCM Wake-Up/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - DTC B1370 To DTC B2535
      • DTC B1370
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC B1380
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC B1441
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2535
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - In-Line Harness Connector End Views
      • Inline Harness Connectors
        • C100 Engine Harness to the Transmission Harness (MN5)
        • C101 Engine Harness to the Body Harness (L61)
        • C101 Engine Harness to the Body Harness (LE5)
        • C102 Engine Harness to the Crankshaft Position Jumper (LSJ)
        • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to the Right Headlamp Assembly
        • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to the Left Headlamp Assembly
        • C121 Forward Lamp Harness to the Body Harness
        • C160 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Harness (L61/LE5)
        • C161 Engine Harness to the Body Harness (LSJ)
        • C162 Engine Harness to the Ignition Coil Harness (LSJ)
        • C164 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Harness (LSJ)
        • C170 Body Harness to the RF WSS Harness
        • C171 Body Harness to the LF WSS Harness
        • C200 I/P Harness to the Body Harness
        • C201 I/P Harness to the Body Harness
        • C202 Passenger Inflatable Restraint I/P Module to the Body Harness (Coupe)
        • C202 Passenger Inflatable Restraint I/P Module to the Body Harness (Sedan)
        • C210 I/P Harness to the HVAC Harness
        • C275 I/P Harness to the SIR Coil Assembly
        • C300 Body Harness to the Passenger Door Harness (w/DG7)
        • C300 Body Harness to the RF Door Harness (w/o DG7)
        • C301 Body Harness to the Driver Door Harness (w/DG7)
        • C301 Body Harness to the RF Door Harness (w/o DG7)
        • C305 EVAP Canister Purge Jumper Harness/Fuel Tank Harness/Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Body Harness (w/ABS)
        • C305 EVAP Canister Purge Jumper Harness/Fuel Tank Harness/Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Body Harness (w/oABS)
        • C314 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness (KA1)
        • C315 Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness (KA1)
        • C316 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness
        • C319 Body Harness to Left Roof Rail Module Harness (ASF)
        • C320 Body Harness to Right Roof Rail Module Harness (ASF)
        • C321 Body Harness to the Headliner Harness (UE1)
        • C323 Body Harness to the Headliner Harness (w/o UE1)
        • C400 Battery Cable to the Body Harness
        • C401 Body Harness to the Rear Compartment Lamp Harness
        • C492 Body Harness to the LR Tail Lamp Assembly Harness (Sedan)
        • C493 Body Harness to the RR Tail Lamp Assembly Harness (Sedan)
        • C494 Body Harness to the License Lamp Harness (Pursuit)
        • C700 Body Harness to the LR Door Harness (Sedan)
        • C800 Body Harness to the RR Door Harness (Sedan)
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Service, Diagnosis & Troubleshooting
      • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
      • Power Mode Mismatch
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
      • Passenger Car Zoning
      • Electrical Symbols
      • General Electrical Diagnosis
        • Basic Knowledge Required
      • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
      • Circuit Testing
      • Using Connector Test Adapters
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Tools Required
      • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Tools Required
      • Measuring Voltage
      • Measuring Voltage Drop
      • Measuring Frequency
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact in Bussed Electrical Centers (BEC)
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Control Module
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
          • Tools Required
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
      • Circuit Protection - Fuses
      • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
      • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
        • Notes
        • Repairing a Fusible Link
      • Wiring Repairs
      • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
      • Flat Wire Repairs
      • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Notes
        • Tools Required
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Tools Required
      • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
      • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
      • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
        • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
        • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
      • Connector Repairs
      • Connector Position Assurance Locks
      • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
      • Push to Seat Connectors
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
      • Pull to Seat Connectors
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Terminal Installation
      • AFL/EPC Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
        • Tools Required
      • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
      • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Terminal Installation
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Weather Pack Connectors
      • FCI Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • JST Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Kostel Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Micro.64 Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Molex Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Sumitomo Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Repairing Connector Terminals
        • Tools Required
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder is Stuck Inside Lock Cylinder Case
      • Ignition Key Cannot Be Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
      • Ignition Key Cannot Turn or Sticks in Any Position
  • Charging Systems
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connectors
          • Battery Current Sensor
          • Clutch Pedal Postion (CPP) Switch (M86)
          • Clutch Start Switch (M86)
          • Generator (LSJ)
          • Generator (L61/LE5)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1325
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1424
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1516
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1517
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0800
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0895
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0562
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0563
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0621
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0622
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1668
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (Battery to Battery Tray)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (Engine to Chassis)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (Underhood Junction Block to Starter)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (Battery to Underhood Junction Block)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (RPO LSJ)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (RPOs L61/LE5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (RPO LSJ)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (RPOs L61/LE5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation (w/RVC)
          • Electrical Power Management (EPM) Overview
          • Charging System Components
          • Charging System Operation
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Operation
        • Charging System Description and Operation (w/o RVC)
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
          • Charging System Indicator
        • Electrical Power Management Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
  • Component Locations
    • Component Locations & Power, Ground And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Power and Grounding Connectors
        • Fuse Holder - 50 AMP
        • Ignition Switch
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Label
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - Top View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - Bottom View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C4
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (L61 2.2L/LE5 2.4L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LSJ 2.0L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C4
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C5
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C6
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C7 (L61 w/NU6)
      • Splice Pack Connectors
        • SP200
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Identification
      • Notes
      • Fusible Links
      • UNDERHOOD Fuse Block
        • Notes
        • Underhood Fuse Block (L61 2.2L & LE5 2.4L)
        • Underhood Fuse Block (LSJ 2.0L)
      • Body Control Module
  • Instrument Panel System Displays And Gauges
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Fuel Level Specifications (2.0L )
      • Fuel Level Specifications (2.4L and 2.2L)
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Displays and Gages Schematic Icons
      • Instrument Cluster Schematics
      • Audible Warnings Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Displays and Gages Component Views
      • Displays and Gages Connectors
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Displays and Gages
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • DTC B0158
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC B2961
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0461 (2.0L)
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0461 (2.4L and 2.2L)
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0462 (2.0L)
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0462 (2.4L and 2.2L)
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0463 (2.0L)
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0463 (2.4L and 2.2L)
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0464
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0520
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Symptoms - Displays and Gages
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Boost Gage Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Chime Always On
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Chime Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative (2.0L)
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative (2.4L and 2.2L)
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Outside Air Temperature Display Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Trunk Ajar Indicator Always On
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Trunk Ajar Indicator Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
    • Repair Instructions
      • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement
      • Driver Information Display Switch Replacement
      • Instrument Cluster Replacement
      • Supercharger Boost Air Pressure Indicator Replacement
    • Description and Operation
      • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
        • Key-In-Ignition Warning
        • Lights On Warning
        • Park Brake Warning
        • Turn Signal On Warning
        • Additional Warnings
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Info
        • Set/Reset
        • Menu
        • Oil-Life Reset
        • Outside Air Temperature
        • Odometer
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
      • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Change Oil Soon
        • Engine Oil Pressure
        • Ice Possible
        • Low Fuel
        • Low Oil Level
        • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Upshift Indicator
      • Instrument Cluster Description and Operation
        • Displays Test
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Fuel Gage
        • Odometer
        • Speedometer
        • Tachometer
        • Boost Gage
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horn Schematic Icons
        • Horn Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horn Component Views
        • Horn Connectors
          • Horn
          • Horn Switch C1 (Left)
          • Horn Switch C2 (Right)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2750
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • Accessory Power Socket
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Power Outlet Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connectors
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet - Console
          • Cigar Lighter (DT4) Auxiliary Power Outlet (w/o DT4)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigar Lighter Receptacle or 12-Volt Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Component Locations & Power, Ground And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Power and Grounding Connectors
        • Fuse Holder - 50 AMP
        • Ignition Switch
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Label
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - Top View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - Bottom View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C4
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (L61 2.2L/LE5 2.4L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LSJ 2.0L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C4
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C5
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C6
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C7 (L61 w/NU6)
      • Splice Pack Connectors
        • SP200
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Connector End View (EBCM) (JM4/JL9)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • C100 Engine Side to Transmission Side Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Connector End View
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Motor Connector End View (L61/2.2L)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - 1 (LSJ/2.0L)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - 2 (LSJ/2.0L)
        • Cooling Fan Motor Connector End View (LE5/2.4L)
        • Cooling Fan Resistor Connector End View (LE5/2.4L)
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View (K34 w/M86 or MU3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View Left (K34/UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View Left (K34)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View Right (K34/UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View Right (K34)
        • Cruise Cancel/TCC Switch Connector End View (K34 w/M86 or MU3)
      • Data Communication Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • SP200 Connector End View
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C4
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C5
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C6
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C7 (L61 w/NU6)
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views (2.2L L61)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views (2.4L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (2.4L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (w/NU6)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (w/NU6)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (w/NU6)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (w/NU6)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (w/o NU6)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (w/o NU6)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (w/o NU6)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (w/o NU6)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil Module 4 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Inlet Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Connector End View (NU6)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Connector End View (NU6)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (2.0L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Barometric Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Supercharger Intercooler Coolant Pump Connector End View
        • Super Charge Inlet Pressure (SCIP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Supercharger Boost Gage Connector End View
        • Supercharger Bypass Valve Solenoid Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (2.2L L61)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Intake
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View
        • Clutch Pedal Postion (CPP) Switch Connector End View (M86)
        • Clutch Start Switch Connector End View (M86)
        • Generator Connector End View (LSJ)
        • Generator Connector End View (L61/LE5)
      • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (U2K)
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (UQ3)
        • Radio Connector End View C2 (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door (UQ4)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door Tweeter (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door (UQ4)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door Tweeter (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (UQ4)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (UQ4)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer (UQ3)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C3
      • Heated/Cooled Seat Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Passenger
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Back
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Back
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Passenger
      • Horn Connector End Views
        • Horn Connector End View
        • Horn Switch Connector End View C1 (Left)
        • Horn Switch Connector End View C2 (Right)
      • HVAC Connector End Views
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (C67)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (LE5/LSJ) (C67)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (L61) (C67)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Immobilizer Connector End Views
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 Engine Harness to the Transmission Harness Connector End View (MN5)
        • C101 Engine Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View (L61)
        • C101 Engine Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View (LE5)
        • C102 Engine Harness to the Crankshaft Position Jumper Connector End View (LSJ)
        • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to the Right Headlamp Assembly Connector End View
        • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to the Left Headlamp Assembly Connector End View
        • C121 Forward Lamp Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C160 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View (L61/LE5)
        • C161 Engine Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View (LSJ)
        • C162 Engine Harness to the Ignition Coil Harness (LSJ) Connector End View
        • C164 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Harness (LSJ) Connector End View
        • C170 Body Harness to the RF WSS Harness Connector End View
        • C171 Body Harness to the LF WSS Harness Connector End View
        • C200 I/P Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C201 I/P Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C202 Passenger Inflatable Restraint I/P Module to the Body Harness Connector End View (Coupe)
        • C202 Passenger Inflatable Restraint I/P Module to the Body Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C210 I/P Harness to the HVAC Harness Connector End View
        • C275 I/P Harness to the SIR Coil Assembly Connector End View
        • C300 Body Harness to the Passenger Door Harness Connector End View (w/DG7)
        • C300 Body Harness to the RF Door Harness Connector End View (w/o DG7)
        • C301 Body Harness to the Driver Door Harness Connector End View (w/DG7)
        • C301 Body Harness to the RF Door Harness Connector End View (w/o DG7)
        • C305 EVAP Canister Purge Jumper Harness/Fuel Tank Harness/Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Body Harness (w/ABS) Connector End View
        • C305 EVAP Canister Purge Jumper Harness/Fuel Tank Harness/Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Body Harness (w/oABS) Connector End View
        • C314 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View (KA1)
        • C315 Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness Connector End View (KA1)
        • C316 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C319 Body Harness to Left Roof Rail Module Harness (ASF) Connector End View
        • C320 Body Harness to Right Roof Rail Module Harness (ASF) Connector End View
        • C321 Body Harness to the Headliner Harness Connector End View (UE1)
        • C323 Body Harness to the Headliner Harness Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • C400 Battery Cable to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C401 Body Harness to the Rear Compartment Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C492 Body Harness to the LR Tail Lamp Assembly Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C493 Body Harness to the RR Tail Lamp Assembly Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C494 Body Harness to the License Lamp Harness Connector End View (Pursuit)
        • C700 Body Harness to the LR Door Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C800 Body Harness to the RR Door Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left (Coupe)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right (Coupe)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left (Sedan)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right (Sedan)
        • Backup Lamp Switch Connector End View (L61/LSJ w/M86)
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View (w/o CF5)
        • Door Ajar Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Ajar Switch Connector End View - LR (Sedan)
        • Door Ajar Switch Connector End View - Passenger
        • Door Ajar Switch Connector End View - RR (Sedan)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF (T37)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF (T37)
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View (T37)
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp High/Low Beam Connector End View - Right
        • Headlamp High/Low Beam Connector End View - Left
        • IP Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR (Coupe)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR (Coupe)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR (Sedan)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR (Sedan)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left (Coupe)
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right (Coupe)
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left (Sedan)
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right (Sedan)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
      • Manual Transmission Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Sensor Connector End View
      • Mirror Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (UE1)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver (DG7)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger (DG7)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View (DG7)
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Fuse Holder Connector End View - 50 AMP
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Console
        • Cigar Lighter (DT4) Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View (w/o DT4)
      • Power Steering Connector End Views
        • Electronic Power Steering (EPS) Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Electronic Power Steering (EPS) Control Module Connector End View C2
      • Powertrain Control Module Connector End Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C3 (M86)
      • Remote Function Connector End Views
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Passenger
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • SP200 Connector End View
      • Sunroof Connector End Views
        • Sunroof Control Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
      • Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View
      • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Solenoid Connector End View (MN5)
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Air Bag On/Off Indicator Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Seat Belt Tension Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View (w/ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View (w/o ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Connector End View - Left (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Connector End View - Right (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C3
        • Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner Connector End View - Passenger
      • Secondary/Configurable Control Connector End Views
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View Left (K34/UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View Right (K34/UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View Left (K34)
      • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
        • Door Latch Connector End View - Driver (AU3)
        • Door Latch Connector End View - LR (Sedan) (AU3)
        • Door Latch Connector End View - Passenger (AU3)
        • Door Latch Connector End View - RR (Sedan) (AU3)
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver (AU3)
        • Door Lock Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View (AU3)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
      • Window Systems Connector End Views
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver (A31)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR (Sedan) (A31)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger (Coupe) (A31)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Passenger (Sedan) (A31)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR (Sedan) (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver (Coupe) (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C1 (Sedan) (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C2 (Sedan) (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR (Sedan) (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR (Sedan) (A31)
      • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Assembly Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Introduction
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode Master
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
          • Run/Crank Relay
          • Accessory (ACC) Relay
          • Fail-Safe Operation
          • Serial Data Messages
          • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • BCM Wake-Up/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - DTC B1370 To DTC B2535
      • DTC B1370
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC B1380
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC B1441
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2535
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - In-Line Harness Connector End Views
      • Inline Harness Connectors
        • C100 Engine Harness to the Transmission Harness (MN5)
        • C101 Engine Harness to the Body Harness (L61)
        • C101 Engine Harness to the Body Harness (LE5)
        • C102 Engine Harness to the Crankshaft Position Jumper (LSJ)
        • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to the Right Headlamp Assembly
        • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to the Left Headlamp Assembly
        • C121 Forward Lamp Harness to the Body Harness
        • C160 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Harness (L61/LE5)
        • C161 Engine Harness to the Body Harness (LSJ)
        • C162 Engine Harness to the Ignition Coil Harness (LSJ)
        • C164 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Harness (LSJ)
        • C170 Body Harness to the RF WSS Harness
        • C171 Body Harness to the LF WSS Harness
        • C200 I/P Harness to the Body Harness
        • C201 I/P Harness to the Body Harness
        • C202 Passenger Inflatable Restraint I/P Module to the Body Harness (Coupe)
        • C202 Passenger Inflatable Restraint I/P Module to the Body Harness (Sedan)
        • C210 I/P Harness to the HVAC Harness
        • C275 I/P Harness to the SIR Coil Assembly
        • C300 Body Harness to the Passenger Door Harness (w/DG7)
        • C300 Body Harness to the RF Door Harness (w/o DG7)
        • C301 Body Harness to the Driver Door Harness (w/DG7)
        • C301 Body Harness to the RF Door Harness (w/o DG7)
        • C305 EVAP Canister Purge Jumper Harness/Fuel Tank Harness/Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Body Harness (w/ABS)
        • C305 EVAP Canister Purge Jumper Harness/Fuel Tank Harness/Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Body Harness (w/oABS)
        • C314 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness (KA1)
        • C315 Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness (KA1)
        • C316 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness
        • C319 Body Harness to Left Roof Rail Module Harness (ASF)
        • C320 Body Harness to Right Roof Rail Module Harness (ASF)
        • C321 Body Harness to the Headliner Harness (UE1)
        • C323 Body Harness to the Headliner Harness (w/o UE1)
        • C400 Battery Cable to the Body Harness
        • C401 Body Harness to the Rear Compartment Lamp Harness
        • C492 Body Harness to the LR Tail Lamp Assembly Harness (Sedan)
        • C493 Body Harness to the RR Tail Lamp Assembly Harness (Sedan)
        • C494 Body Harness to the License Lamp Harness (Pursuit)
        • C700 Body Harness to the LR Door Harness (Sedan)
        • C800 Body Harness to the RR Door Harness (Sedan)
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Service, Diagnosis & Troubleshooting
      • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
      • Power Mode Mismatch
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
      • Passenger Car Zoning
      • Electrical Symbols
      • General Electrical Diagnosis
        • Basic Knowledge Required
      • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
      • Circuit Testing
      • Using Connector Test Adapters
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Tools Required
      • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Tools Required
      • Measuring Voltage
      • Measuring Voltage Drop
      • Measuring Frequency
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact in Bussed Electrical Centers (BEC)
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Control Module
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
          • Tools Required
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
      • Circuit Protection - Fuses
      • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
      • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
        • Notes
        • Repairing a Fusible Link
      • Wiring Repairs
      • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
      • Flat Wire Repairs
      • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Notes
        • Tools Required
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Tools Required
      • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
      • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
      • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
        • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
        • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
      • Connector Repairs
      • Connector Position Assurance Locks
      • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
      • Push to Seat Connectors
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
      • Pull to Seat Connectors
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Terminal Installation
      • AFL/EPC Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
        • Tools Required
      • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
      • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Terminal Installation
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Weather Pack Connectors
      • FCI Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • JST Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Kostel Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Micro.64 Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Molex Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Sumitomo Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Repairing Connector Terminals
        • Tools Required
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder is Stuck Inside Lock Cylinder Case
      • Ignition Key Cannot Be Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
      • Ignition Key Cannot Turn or Sticks in Any Position
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connectors
          • Battery Current Sensor
          • Clutch Pedal Postion (CPP) Switch (M86)
          • Clutch Start Switch (M86)
          • Generator (LSJ)
          • Generator (L61/LE5)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1325
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1424
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1516
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1517
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0800
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0895
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0562
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0563
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0621
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0622
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1668
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (Battery to Battery Tray)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (Engine to Chassis)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (Underhood Junction Block to Starter)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (Battery to Underhood Junction Block)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (RPO LSJ)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (RPOs L61/LE5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (RPO LSJ)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (RPOs L61/LE5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation (w/RVC)
          • Electrical Power Management (EPM) Overview
          • Charging System Components
          • Charging System Operation
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Operation
        • Charging System Description and Operation (w/o RVC)
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
          • Charging System Indicator
        • Electrical Power Management Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • Component Locations & Power, Ground And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Power and Grounding Connectors
        • Fuse Holder - 50 AMP
        • Ignition Switch
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Label
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - Top View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - Bottom View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C4
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (L61 2.2L/LE5 2.4L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LSJ 2.0L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C4
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C5
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C6
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C7 (L61 w/NU6)
      • Splice Pack Connectors
        • SP200
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Connector End View (EBCM) (JM4/JL9)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • C100 Engine Side to Transmission Side Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Connector End View
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Motor Connector End View (L61/2.2L)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - 1 (LSJ/2.0L)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - 2 (LSJ/2.0L)
        • Cooling Fan Motor Connector End View (LE5/2.4L)
        • Cooling Fan Resistor Connector End View (LE5/2.4L)
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View (K34 w/M86 or MU3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View Left (K34/UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View Left (K34)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View Right (K34/UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View Right (K34)
        • Cruise Cancel/TCC Switch Connector End View (K34 w/M86 or MU3)
      • Data Communication Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • SP200 Connector End View
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C4
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C5
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C6
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C7 (L61 w/NU6)
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views (2.2L L61)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views (2.4L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (2.4L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (w/NU6)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (w/NU6)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (w/NU6)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (w/NU6)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (w/o NU6)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (w/o NU6)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (w/o NU6)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (w/o NU6)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil Module 4 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Inlet Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Connector End View (NU6)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Connector End View (NU6)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (2.0L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Barometric Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Supercharger Intercooler Coolant Pump Connector End View
        • Super Charge Inlet Pressure (SCIP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Supercharger Boost Gage Connector End View
        • Supercharger Bypass Valve Solenoid Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (2.2L L61)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Intake
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View
        • Clutch Pedal Postion (CPP) Switch Connector End View (M86)
        • Clutch Start Switch Connector End View (M86)
        • Generator Connector End View (LSJ)
        • Generator Connector End View (L61/LE5)
      • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (U2K)
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (UQ3)
        • Radio Connector End View C2 (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door (UQ4)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door Tweeter (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door (UQ4)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door Tweeter (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (UQ4)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (UQ4)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer (UQ3)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C3
      • Heated/Cooled Seat Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Passenger
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Back
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Back
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Passenger
      • Horn Connector End Views
        • Horn Connector End View
        • Horn Switch Connector End View C1 (Left)
        • Horn Switch Connector End View C2 (Right)
      • HVAC Connector End Views
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (C67)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (LE5/LSJ) (C67)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (L61) (C67)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Immobilizer Connector End Views
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 Engine Harness to the Transmission Harness Connector End View (MN5)
        • C101 Engine Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View (L61)
        • C101 Engine Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View (LE5)
        • C102 Engine Harness to the Crankshaft Position Jumper Connector End View (LSJ)
        • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to the Right Headlamp Assembly Connector End View
        • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to the Left Headlamp Assembly Connector End View
        • C121 Forward Lamp Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C160 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View (L61/LE5)
        • C161 Engine Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View (LSJ)
        • C162 Engine Harness to the Ignition Coil Harness (LSJ) Connector End View
        • C164 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Harness (LSJ) Connector End View
        • C170 Body Harness to the RF WSS Harness Connector End View
        • C171 Body Harness to the LF WSS Harness Connector End View
        • C200 I/P Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C201 I/P Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C202 Passenger Inflatable Restraint I/P Module to the Body Harness Connector End View (Coupe)
        • C202 Passenger Inflatable Restraint I/P Module to the Body Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C210 I/P Harness to the HVAC Harness Connector End View
        • C275 I/P Harness to the SIR Coil Assembly Connector End View
        • C300 Body Harness to the Passenger Door Harness Connector End View (w/DG7)
        • C300 Body Harness to the RF Door Harness Connector End View (w/o DG7)
        • C301 Body Harness to the Driver Door Harness Connector End View (w/DG7)
        • C301 Body Harness to the RF Door Harness Connector End View (w/o DG7)
        • C305 EVAP Canister Purge Jumper Harness/Fuel Tank Harness/Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Body Harness (w/ABS) Connector End View
        • C305 EVAP Canister Purge Jumper Harness/Fuel Tank Harness/Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Body Harness (w/oABS) Connector End View
        • C314 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View (KA1)
        • C315 Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness Connector End View (KA1)
        • C316 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C319 Body Harness to Left Roof Rail Module Harness (ASF) Connector End View
        • C320 Body Harness to Right Roof Rail Module Harness (ASF) Connector End View
        • C321 Body Harness to the Headliner Harness Connector End View (UE1)
        • C323 Body Harness to the Headliner Harness Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • C400 Battery Cable to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C401 Body Harness to the Rear Compartment Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C492 Body Harness to the LR Tail Lamp Assembly Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C493 Body Harness to the RR Tail Lamp Assembly Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C494 Body Harness to the License Lamp Harness Connector End View (Pursuit)
        • C700 Body Harness to the LR Door Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C800 Body Harness to the RR Door Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left (Coupe)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right (Coupe)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left (Sedan)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right (Sedan)
        • Backup Lamp Switch Connector End View (L61/LSJ w/M86)
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View (w/o CF5)
        • Door Ajar Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Ajar Switch Connector End View - LR (Sedan)
        • Door Ajar Switch Connector End View - Passenger
        • Door Ajar Switch Connector End View - RR (Sedan)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF (T37)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF (T37)
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View (T37)
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp High/Low Beam Connector End View - Right
        • Headlamp High/Low Beam Connector End View - Left
        • IP Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR (Coupe)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR (Coupe)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR (Sedan)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR (Sedan)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left (Coupe)
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right (Coupe)
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left (Sedan)
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right (Sedan)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
      • Manual Transmission Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Sensor Connector End View
      • Mirror Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (UE1)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver (DG7)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger (DG7)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View (DG7)
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Fuse Holder Connector End View - 50 AMP
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Console
        • Cigar Lighter (DT4) Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View (w/o DT4)
      • Power Steering Connector End Views
        • Electronic Power Steering (EPS) Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Electronic Power Steering (EPS) Control Module Connector End View C2
      • Powertrain Control Module Connector End Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C3 (M86)
      • Remote Function Connector End Views
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Passenger
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • SP200 Connector End View
      • Sunroof Connector End Views
        • Sunroof Control Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
      • Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View
      • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Solenoid Connector End View (MN5)
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Air Bag On/Off Indicator Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Seat Belt Tension Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View (w/ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View (w/o ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Connector End View - Left (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Connector End View - Right (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C3
        • Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner Connector End View - Passenger
      • Secondary/Configurable Control Connector End Views
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View Left (K34/UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View Right (K34/UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View Left (K34)
      • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
        • Door Latch Connector End View - Driver (AU3)
        • Door Latch Connector End View - LR (Sedan) (AU3)
        • Door Latch Connector End View - Passenger (AU3)
        • Door Latch Connector End View - RR (Sedan) (AU3)
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver (AU3)
        • Door Lock Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View (AU3)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
      • Window Systems Connector End Views
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver (A31)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR (Sedan) (A31)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger (Coupe) (A31)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Passenger (Sedan) (A31)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR (Sedan) (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver (Coupe) (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C1 (Sedan) (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C2 (Sedan) (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR (Sedan) (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR (Sedan) (A31)
      • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Assembly Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
        • 2.2L VIN F
        • 2.4L VIN B
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
        • 2.2L VIN F
        • 2.4L VIN B
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Engine Performance
        • 2.2L VIN F
        • 2.4L VIN B
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 2.2L VIN F
        • 2.4L VIN B
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - In-Line Harness Connector End Views
      • Inline Harness Connectors
        • C100 Engine Harness to the Transmission Harness (MN5)
        • C101 Engine Harness to the Body Harness (L61)
        • C101 Engine Harness to the Body Harness (LE5)
        • C102 Engine Harness to the Crankshaft Position Jumper (LSJ)
        • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to the Right Headlamp Assembly
        • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to the Left Headlamp Assembly
        • C121 Forward Lamp Harness to the Body Harness
        • C160 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Harness (L61/LE5)
        • C161 Engine Harness to the Body Harness (LSJ)
        • C162 Engine Harness to the Ignition Coil Harness (LSJ)
        • C164 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Harness (LSJ)
        • C170 Body Harness to the RF WSS Harness
        • C171 Body Harness to the LF WSS Harness
        • C200 I/P Harness to the Body Harness
        • C201 I/P Harness to the Body Harness
        • C202 Passenger Inflatable Restraint I/P Module to the Body Harness (Coupe)
        • C202 Passenger Inflatable Restraint I/P Module to the Body Harness (Sedan)
        • C210 I/P Harness to the HVAC Harness
        • C275 I/P Harness to the SIR Coil Assembly
        • C300 Body Harness to the Passenger Door Harness (w/DG7)
        • C300 Body Harness to the RF Door Harness (w/o DG7)
        • C301 Body Harness to the Driver Door Harness (w/DG7)
        • C301 Body Harness to the RF Door Harness (w/o DG7)
        • C305 EVAP Canister Purge Jumper Harness/Fuel Tank Harness/Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Body Harness (w/ABS)
        • C305 EVAP Canister Purge Jumper Harness/Fuel Tank Harness/Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Body Harness (w/oABS)
        • C314 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness (KA1)
        • C315 Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness (KA1)
        • C316 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness
        • C319 Body Harness to Left Roof Rail Module Harness (ASF)
        • C320 Body Harness to Right Roof Rail Module Harness (ASF)
        • C321 Body Harness to the Headliner Harness (UE1)
        • C323 Body Harness to the Headliner Harness (w/o UE1)
        • C400 Battery Cable to the Body Harness
        • C401 Body Harness to the Rear Compartment Lamp Harness
        • C492 Body Harness to the LR Tail Lamp Assembly Harness (Sedan)
        • C493 Body Harness to the RR Tail Lamp Assembly Harness (Sedan)
        • C494 Body Harness to the License Lamp Harness (Pursuit)
        • C700 Body Harness to the LR Door Harness (Sedan)
        • C800 Body Harness to the RR Door Harness (Sedan)
• Engine Mechanical
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Engine Cooling Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connectors
          • Cooling Fan Motor (L61/2.2L)
          • Cooling Fan - 1 (LSJ/2.0L)
          • Cooling Fan - 2 (LSJ/2.0L)
          • Cooling Fan Motor (LE5/2.4L)
          • Cooling Fan Resistor (LE5/2.4L)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC P0480 or P0481 (2.0L)
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0480 or P0481 (2.2L and 2.4L)
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1258
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Engine Coolant Indicator Always On
        • Cooling Fan Always On (2.0L)
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • Cooling Fan Always On (2.2L and 2.4L)
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative (2.0L)
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative (2.2L and 2.4L)
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Coolant Leak Testing (2.0L (LSJ))
        • Coolant Leak Testing (2.2L (L61), 2.4L (LE5))
          • Notes
          • Coolant Leak Testing
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System (2.0L (LSJ))
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System (2.2L (L61), 2.4L (LE5))
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System (GE 47716 Fill)
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
          • Vac-N-Fill Procedure
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System - Charge Air Cooling System
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Coolant System Flushing
        • Surge Tank Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Recovery Reservoir Replacement - Charge Air Cooler
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Inlet
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Outlet
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Inlet Hose Replacement (2.0L (LSJ))
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Inlet Hose Replacement (2.2L (L61), 2.4L (LE5))
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Outlet Hose Replacement (2.0L (LSJ))
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Outlet Hose Replacement (2.2L (L61), 2.4L (LE5))
        • Charge Air Cooler Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Charge Air Cooler Hose Replacement - Outlet
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Water Pump Inlet Hose Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Water Pump Outlet Hose Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan and Shroud Replacement (2.0L (LSJ))
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan and Shroud Replacement (2.2L (L61), 2.4L (LE5))
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Thermostat Housing Replacement (RPO L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Thermostat Housing Replacement (RPO LE5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Thermostat Housing Replacement (RPO LSJ)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (RPO L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (RPO LE5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (RPO LSJ)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Pump Replacement - Charge Air Cooler
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Drain Cock Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Shroud Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement - Charge Air Cooler
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle and Deflector Replacement - Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Upper Baffle and Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Cooling Fan Description and Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control 2.2L (L61)/2.4L (LE5)
          • Resistor Assembly 2.4L (LE5)
          • Cooling Fan Control 2.0L (LSJ)
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Coolant Heater
          • Cooling System
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Engine Exhaust System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Exhaust
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement (RPO L61)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement (RPO LE5)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement (RPO LSJ)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (RPO L61)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (RPO LE5)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (RPO LSJ)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Extension Pipe Replacement (RPO L61)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Extension Pipe Replacement (RPOs LE5/LSJ)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement (RPO L61)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement (RPOs LE5/LSJ)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Wheel Drive Shaft Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Notes
        • Resonator
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Muffler
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Lubrication System
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting
          • Notes
          • How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
  • Engine Mechanical - 2.2L (L61)
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Engine Mechanical Specifications
      • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Thread Repair Specifications
        • Engine Block - Front View
        • Engine Block - Back View
        • Engine Block - Left Side View
        • Engine Block - Bottom View
        • Engine Block - Right Side View
        • Engine Block - Top View
        • Lower Crankcase - Front View
        • Lower Crankcase - Back View
        • Lower Crankcase - Bottom View
        • Lower Crankcase - Left View
        • Lower Crankcase - Right View
        • Cylinder Head - Top View
        • Cylinder Head - Intake Manifold Deck View
        • Cylinder Head - Exhaust Manifold Deck View
        • Cylinder Head - Front View
        • Cylinder Head - Back View
        • Cylinder Head - Bottom View
    • Component Locator
      • Disassembled Views
      • Engine Identification
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Mechanical
      • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
        • Strategy Based Diagnostics
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Base Engine Misfire without Internal Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Valve Train Noise
      • Base Engine Misfire with Coolant Consumption
      • Base Engine Misfire with Excessive Oil Consumption
      • Engine Noise on Start-Up, but Only Lasting a Few Seconds
      • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Engine Noise Under Load
      • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
      • Coolant in Combustion Chamber
      • Coolant in Engine Oil
      • Engine Compression Test
      • Cylinder Leakage Test
        • Tools Required
      • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
      • Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing
        • Tools Required
      • Oil Leak Diagnosis
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis
      • Drive Belt Chirping, Squeal, and Whine Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Rumbling and Vibration Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Falls Off and Excessive Wear Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Tensioner Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • On-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Intake Manifold Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Inspection
        • Engine Mount Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Powertrain Mount Balance - Total Mounts
        • Powertrain Mount Balance - Lower Mount
        • Engine Support Fixture
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankcase Ventilation Hoses/Pipes Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Balancer Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Timing Chain, Sprocket, and Tensioner Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Timing Chain Tensioner Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Camshaft and Lifter Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Camshaft and Lifter Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Stem Oil Seal and Valve Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Sleeve Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
          • Cylinder Liner Trimming
        • Engine Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Draining Fluids and Oil Filter Removal
          • Tools Required
        • Crankshaft Balancer Removal
          • Tools Required
        • Engine Flywheel Removal
          • Tools Required
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Removal
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal
        • Intake Manifold Removal
        • Camshaft Cover Removal
        • Engine Front Cover and Oil Pump Removal
        • Timing Chain and Tensioner Removal
        • Intake Camshaft, Follower, and Adjuster Removal
        • Exhaust Camshaft, Follower, and Adjuster Removal
        • Balance Shaft Drive Chain and Tensioner Removal
        • Balance Shaft Removal
          • Tools Required
        • Water Pump Removal
        • Cylinder Head Removal
          • Tools Required
        • Oil Pan Removal
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Removal
          • Tools Required
        • Lower Crankcase Removal
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Removal
        • Engine Block Disassemble
        • Engine Block Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Honing
          • Tools Required
        • Cylinder Sleeve Removal
          • Tools Required
        • Cylinder Sleeve Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Cylinder Sleeve Trimming
        • Crankshaft Balancer Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Flywheel Cleaning and Inspection
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Disassemble
          • Tools Required
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Connecting Rod Measurement
          • Piston Measurement
          • Piston Selection
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Assemble
          • Tools Required
        • Camshaft Cleaning and Inspection
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Cleaning and Inspection
        • Balance Shaft Cleaning and Inspection
        • Balance Shaft Drive Chain and Sprockets Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Head Disassemble
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning and Inspection
          • Valve Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cylinder Head and Gasket Surface Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Head Assemble
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Assemble
        • Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Exhaust Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pan Cleaning and Inspection
        • Thread Repair
          • General Thread Repair
          • Cylinder Head Bolt Hole Thread Repair
          • Main Cap Bolt Hole Thread Repair
        • Service Prior to Assembly
        • Engine Block Assemble
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Installation
        • Lower Crankcase Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Installation
        • Cylinder Head Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Intake Camshaft, Follower, and Adjuster Install
        • Exhaust Camshaft, Follower, and Adjuster Install
        • Balance Shaft Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Water Pump Installation
        • Balance Shaft to Engine Timing
        • Balance Shaft Drive Chain and Tensioner Install
        • Timing Chain, Sprockets, Tensioner Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Engine Front Cover and Oil Pump Installation
        • Camshaft Cover Installation
        • Oil Pan Installation
        • Crankshaft Balancer Installation
        • Oil Filter Adapter Installation
        • Intake Manifold Installation
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Installation
        • Engine Flywheel Installation
        • Engine Prelubing
          • Tools Required
    • Description and Operation
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Description
        • General Description
        • Operation
        • Results of Incorrect Operation
      • Drive Belt System Description
      • Engine Component Description
        • Engine Description
      • Lubrication Description
      • Cleanliness and Care
      • Separating Parts
      • Replacing Engine Gaskets
        • Tools Required
        • Gasket Reuse and Applying Sealants
        • Separating Components
        • Cleaning Gasket Surfaces
        • Assembling Components
      • Use of Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) and Anaerobic Sealer
        • Pipe Joint Compound
        • RTV Sealer
        • Anaerobic Sealer
      • Tools and Equipment
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connectors
          • Battery Current Sensor
          • Clutch Pedal Postion (CPP) Switch (M86)
          • Clutch Start Switch (M86)
          • Generator (LSJ)
          • Generator (L61/LE5)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1325
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1424
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1516
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1517
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0800
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0895
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0562
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0563
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0621
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0622
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1668
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (Battery to Battery Tray)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (Engine to Chassis)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (Underhood Junction Block to Starter)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (Battery to Underhood Junction Block)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (RPO LSJ)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (RPOs L61/LE5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (RPO LSJ)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (RPOs L61/LE5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation (w/RVC)
          • Electrical Power Management (EPM) Overview
          • Charging System Components
          • Charging System Operation
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Operation
        • Charging System Description and Operation (w/o RVC)
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
          • Charging System Indicator
        • Electrical Power Management Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
• Engine Performance
  • Emissions
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Mode 6 - PONTIAC
    • Introduction
    • Class 2
    • GMLAN (Can) Except 2.0L (LNF) & 3.6L
    • 2007 Solstice 2.0L (LNF)
    • 2008 G8 (3.6L)
    • 2008 Solstice 2.0L (LNF)
    • 2008 Torrent (3.6L)
  • Specifications
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
          • Metro 1.0L
          • Buick, Chevrolet 1.2L, 1.3L
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • In-Line 6 Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.5L VIN 4 V6 Engine
          • 3.8L & 4.3L V6 Engines
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.5L (VIN 4), 3.8L & 4.3L
        • 8 Cylinder Engine
          • 4.0L, 4.4L & 4.6L V8 Engines
          • 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & VIN K) & 7.4L V8 Engines
          • 6.6L Diesel V8 Engine
          • All Other V8 Engines Except 4.0L, 4.4L, 4.6L, 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & K), 7.4L & 6.6L
  • System
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 2.2L (L61) - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 2.2L (L61) - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature Versus Resistance
        • Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions Hose Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Engine Control Module Connectors
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C1
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C2
        • Engine Controls Connectors
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Intake
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve
          • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve
          • Fuel Injector 1 (w/NU6)
          • Fuel Injector 2 (w/NU6)
          • Fuel Injector 3 (w/NU6)
          • Fuel Injector 4 (w/NU6)
          • Fuel Injector 1 (w/o NU6)
          • Fuel Injector 2 (w/o NU6)
          • Fuel Injector 3 (w/o NU6)
          • Fuel Injector 4 (w/o NU6)
          • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2
          • Ignition Coil Module 1
          • Ignition Coil Module 2
          • Ignition Coil Module 3
          • Ignition Coil Module 4
          • Knock Sensor (KS)
          • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Inlet Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump (NU6)
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid (NU6)
          • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Control Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position System Variation Learn
        • Throttle Learn
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Throttle Learn Procedure
          • Throttle Learn
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Fuel Pressure Relief
          • Tools Required
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Metal Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filter Replacement (RPO NT7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filter Replacement (RPO NU6)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (RPO NT7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (RPO NU6)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement (RPO NT7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement (RPO NU6)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pump Replacement (RPO NU6)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pump Fuel Reservoir Pump Fuel Strainer Orifice Replacement (RPO NU6)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pump Module Replacement (RPO NT7)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Filler Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine/Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Intake
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Inlet Hose/Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection Check Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Resonator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Inlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Engine Control Module Description
          • Powertrain
          • Engine Control Module Function
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
          • Warm-up Cycle
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
        • Secondary Air Injection System Description
          • Notes
          • Results of Incorrect Operation
        • Fuel System Description (RPO NT7)
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Pump Module
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Filter
          • Fuel Feed and Return Pipes
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Pipe O-rings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator Assembly
          • Fuel Pulse Dampener
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Fuel System Description (RPO NU6)
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Pump Module
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Filter
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Pump Fuel Reservoir Pump Fuel Strainer Orifice
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator Assembly
          • Fuel Feed Pipe
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Pipe O-rings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pulse Dampener
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Operation
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Ignition Coil/Module
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Engine Control Module
          • Modes of Operation
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Sensor Description
        • Air Intake System Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 2.2L (L61) - Diagnosis & Troubleshooting
      • Symptoms - Engine Controls
        • Symptoms Description
        • Symptoms Definition
        • Symptoms Verification
          • Notes
          • Identifying Intermittent Conditions
        • Symptoms Testing
        • Additional Symptoms Tests
      • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Diagnosis
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Service Bay Test
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running the Test
        • Test Procedure
      • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel System Diagnosis (RPO NT7)
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel System Diagnosis (RPO NU6)
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Diagnosis (w/J39021 or w/Tech 2)
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Diagnosis (w/CH47976)
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Tank Leak Test
        • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • System Verification
        • System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis
        • Test Description
        • Reference Information
        • System Verification
        • Alcohol in Fuel Testing with Special Tool
        • Alcohol in Fuel Testing without Special Tool
        • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Repair Procedures
      • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
        • Description
        • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
        • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Description
        • I/M Data List
        • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 2.2L (L61) - DTC P0016 To DTC P0418
      • DTC P0016
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0030, P0036, P0053, P0054, P0135, or P0141
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0068 or P0121
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0101 or P1101
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTCs
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0102 or P0103
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0106
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0107 or P0108
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0112 or P0113
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0116
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0117 or P0118
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0120, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223, or P2135
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0128
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0131, P0132, P0137, or P0138
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0133, P0134, P0140, P1133, P2A00 or P2A01
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0171 or P0172
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, or P0204
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0230
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0300-P0304
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0315
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0325, P0326, P0327, or P0328
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0335 or P0336
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0340 or P0341
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0351-P0354
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0411
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
          • Notes
          • Pump
          • Solenoid Valve
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0412 or P0418
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 2.2L (L61) - DTC P0420 To DTC P2544
      • DTC P0420
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0442
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0443 or P0449
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
          • P0443
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0446
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • Notes
          • Restriction
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0451, P0452, P0453, or P0454
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Notes
          • P0452 and P0453
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0451
          • P0452
          • P0453
          • P0454
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0455
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0496
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0506 or P0507
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0606, P0607, P060D, P062F, or P2610
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTCs
        • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing for the DTC
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0641 or P0651
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0650
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0685, P0689, or P0690
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0700
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1174
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1400
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • DTC P1516, P2101, P2119, or P2176
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1682
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, P2128, or P2138
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2430, P2431, P2432, or P2433
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
          • Solenoid
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2440
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2444
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2544
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 2.2L (L61) - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 2.2L (L61) - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature Versus Resistance
        • Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions Hose Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Engine Control Module Connectors
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C1
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C2
        • Engine Controls Connectors
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Intake
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve
          • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve
          • Fuel Injector 1 (w/NU6)
          • Fuel Injector 2 (w/NU6)
          • Fuel Injector 3 (w/NU6)
          • Fuel Injector 4 (w/NU6)
          • Fuel Injector 1 (w/o NU6)
          • Fuel Injector 2 (w/o NU6)
          • Fuel Injector 3 (w/o NU6)
          • Fuel Injector 4 (w/o NU6)
          • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2
          • Ignition Coil Module 1
          • Ignition Coil Module 2
          • Ignition Coil Module 3
          • Ignition Coil Module 4
          • Knock Sensor (KS)
          • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Inlet Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump (NU6)
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid (NU6)
          • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Control Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position System Variation Learn
        • Throttle Learn
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Throttle Learn Procedure
          • Throttle Learn
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Fuel Pressure Relief
          • Tools Required
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Metal Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filter Replacement (RPO NT7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filter Replacement (RPO NU6)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (RPO NT7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (RPO NU6)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement (RPO NT7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement (RPO NU6)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pump Replacement (RPO NU6)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pump Fuel Reservoir Pump Fuel Strainer Orifice Replacement (RPO NU6)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pump Module Replacement (RPO NT7)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Filler Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine/Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Intake
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Inlet Hose/Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection Check Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Resonator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Inlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Engine Control Module Description
          • Powertrain
          • Engine Control Module Function
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
          • Warm-up Cycle
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
        • Secondary Air Injection System Description
          • Notes
          • Results of Incorrect Operation
        • Fuel System Description (RPO NT7)
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Pump Module
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Filter
          • Fuel Feed and Return Pipes
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Pipe O-rings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator Assembly
          • Fuel Pulse Dampener
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Fuel System Description (RPO NU6)
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Pump Module
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Filter
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Pump Fuel Reservoir Pump Fuel Strainer Orifice
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator Assembly
          • Fuel Feed Pipe
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Pipe O-rings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pulse Dampener
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Operation
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Ignition Coil/Module
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Engine Control Module
          • Modes of Operation
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Sensor Description
        • Air Intake System Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 2.2L (L61) - Diagnosis & Troubleshooting
      • Symptoms - Engine Controls
        • Symptoms Description
        • Symptoms Definition
        • Symptoms Verification
          • Notes
          • Identifying Intermittent Conditions
        • Symptoms Testing
        • Additional Symptoms Tests
      • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Diagnosis
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Service Bay Test
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running the Test
        • Test Procedure
      • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel System Diagnosis (RPO NT7)
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel System Diagnosis (RPO NU6)
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Diagnosis (w/J39021 or w/Tech 2)
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Diagnosis (w/CH47976)
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Tank Leak Test
        • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • System Verification
        • System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis
        • Test Description
        • Reference Information
        • System Verification
        • Alcohol in Fuel Testing with Special Tool
        • Alcohol in Fuel Testing without Special Tool
        • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Repair Procedures
      • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
        • Description
        • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
        • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Description
        • I/M Data List
        • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 2.2L (L61) - DTC P0016 To DTC P0418
      • DTC P0016
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0030, P0036, P0053, P0054, P0135, or P0141
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0068 or P0121
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0101 or P1101
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTCs
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0102 or P0103
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0106
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0107 or P0108
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0112 or P0113
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0116
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0117 or P0118
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0120, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223, or P2135
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0128
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0131, P0132, P0137, or P0138
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0133, P0134, P0140, P1133, P2A00 or P2A01
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0171 or P0172
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, or P0204
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0230
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0300-P0304
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0315
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0325, P0326, P0327, or P0328
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0335 or P0336
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0340 or P0341
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0351-P0354
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0411
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
          • Notes
          • Pump
          • Solenoid Valve
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0412 or P0418
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 2.2L (L61) - DTC P0420 To DTC P2544
      • DTC P0420
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0442
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0443 or P0449
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
          • P0443
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0446
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • Notes
          • Restriction
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0451, P0452, P0453, or P0454
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Notes
          • P0452 and P0453
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0451
          • P0452
          • P0453
          • P0454
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0455
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0496
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0506 or P0507
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0606, P0607, P060D, P062F, or P2610
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTCs
        • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing for the DTC
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0641 or P0651
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0650
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0685, P0689, or P0690
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0700
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1174
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1400
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • DTC P1516, P2101, P2119, or P2176
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1682
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, P2128, or P2138
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2430, P2431, P2432, or P2433
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
          • Solenoid
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2440
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2444
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2544
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • Drive Cycles
    • OBD-II Drive Cycles - 2.2L (L61)
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Description
        • I/M Data List
        • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
    • OBD-II Drive Cycles - 2.2L (Lap) & 2.4L (LE5)
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • I/M Data List
        • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Ordered DTC Index
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Hoist/Jack
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 4T40-E/4T45-E (MN4/MN5) Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 2.0L (LSJ) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 2.2 L (L61) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 2.4 L (LE5) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Label - Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Tools Required
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting-Frame Contact Lift
          • Vehicle Jacking
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Automatic Stop/Start Disable
      • Auto Stop/Start Disable
        • Notes
        • Disable Conditions
        • Disable Button
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 4T40-E/4T45-E (MN4/MN5) Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 2.0L (LSJ) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 2.2 L (L61) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 2.4 L (LE5) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Label - Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Tools Required
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting-Frame Contact Lift
          • Vehicle Jacking
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
    • Vehicle Diagnostic Information
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vehicle
        • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
        • Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
          • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
        • Symptoms - Vehicle
          • General Information
          • Body Systems
          • Brakes
          • Driveline/Axle
          • Driver Information and Entertainment
          • Engine
          • HVAC
          • Roof
          • Safety and Security
          • Steering
          • Suspension
          • Transmission/Transaxle
        • Diagnostic Repair Verification
      • Description and Operation
        • DTC Symptom Description
          • Notes
          • DTC Symptom Categories
          • DTC Symptom Subtypes
            • Notes
            • Example
    • Vibration Symptoms Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Tire and Wheel Runout Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
          • Test Description
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Tools Required
          • Tire Rotational Speed
          • Calculating Tire Revolutions Per Second, or Hz at Concern Speed
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire and Wheel
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
          • Test Description
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
          • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
          • Vehicle Payload
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
          • Tools Required
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Radial Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Runout
          • Isolation Test Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
          • Tools Required
        • Tire-to-Wheel Match-Mounting (Vectoring)
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match-Mounting
      • Description and Operation
        • Vibration Theory and Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due to an Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description and Operation
          • Tools Required
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software Description and Operation
        • Reed Tachometer Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Warnings And Cautions
      • Introduction
        • Definition of Caution, Notice, and Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • Approved Equipment for Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Bleed Procedure Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Checking Hot Transmission Fluid through Drain Plug Hole Caution
        • Collision Sectioning Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass and Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Moving Parts and Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • SIR Caution
        • SIR Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • SIR Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Handling and Storage Caution
        • SIR Special Tool Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects on Paint and Electrical Components Notice
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Notice
        • Clearcoat/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Excessive Force and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Heated Oxygen and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Resistance Learn Reset Notice
        • OBDII Symbol Description Notice
        • Silicon Contamination of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Three-Way Catalytic Converter Damage Notice
        • Transmission Fluid Vent Cap Removal Notice
        • Window Edge Damage Notice
  • Reset Procedures
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting
          • Notes
          • How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
          • Vehicles WITHOUT Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
          • Vehicles WITH Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
          • Notes
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Steering Wheel Controls)
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Turn Signal Lever Controls)
          • Vehicles without DIC (Some Models)
          • Reset Using Diagnostic Scan Tool (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • With Base Audio System
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
          • With Base Audio System
          • Without DIC
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
          • With Information Center Display
          • With Visual Information Center
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
          • Vehicles with Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Reminder Flag)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Warning Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Check Engine Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Federal Emissions
          • California Emissions
      • Diesel Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Maintenance Service Reminder
        • Notes
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Message Reset
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
          • Notes
          • Resetting With Base Audio System
          • Resetting With Navigation System
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
          • Notes
          • Using Exterior Lamp Switch
          • Using RDS Radio, If Equipped
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
          • Using Reset Button (1999-05 Models)
          • Using Scan Tool (2003-05 Models)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-52545 (Preferred)
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-50448 (Alternative)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
  • RPO Codes
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 4T40-E/4T45-E (MN4/MN5) Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 2.0L (LSJ) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 2.2 L (L61) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 2.4 L (LE5) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Label - Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Tools Required
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting-Frame Contact Lift
          • Vehicle Jacking
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Specifications Index
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Cabin Air Filter
          • Removal
          • Installation
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Heating, Ventilation, And Air Conditioning
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Refrigerant System Capacities
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
        • Leak Testing
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant Leak Testing
          • Fluorescent Leak Detector
          • Fluorescent Dye Injection
          • Halogen Leak Detector
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test (RPO LE5)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test (RPO LSJ)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test (RPOs L61, LE5)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone A
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone B
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone C
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone D
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic
        • Defrosting Insufficient
        • Noise Diagnosis - Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Air Conditioning (A/C) System
        • Noise Diagnosis - HVAC Module
        • Odor Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Odor Correction
          • Eliminating Air Conditioning Odor
        • Refrigerant Recovery and Recharging
          • Notes
          • A/C Refrigerant System Oil Charge Replenishing
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Forward Flushing Setup
          • Reverse Flushing Setup
          • Flush Procedure
        • Compressor Oil Balancing
          • Draining Procedure
          • Balancing Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (RPO LSJ)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (RPOs L61, LE5)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Clutch Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Washer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Hose Assembly Replacement (RPO LSJ)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Hose Assembly Replacement (RPOs L61, LE5)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Tube Replacement (RPO LSJ)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Tube Replacement (RPOs L61, LE5)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Hose Assembly Replacement (RPO LSJ)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Hose Assembly Replacement (RPOs L61, LE5)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Filter Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suction Screen Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Air Conditioning Refrigerant Service Valve Core Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Replacement (RPO LSJ)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Replacement (RPOs L61, 2.4L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Evaporator and Blower Module Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Inlet Hose Replacement (RPO LSJ)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Inlet Hose Replacement (RPOs L61, LE5)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (RPO LSJ)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (RPOs L61, LE5)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Passenger Compartment Air Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Resistor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Side Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Instrument Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) - Upper Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) - Upper Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Center Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Duct Replacement - Windshield
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Floor, RH
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
        • Heater Core Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC System - Manual
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sensor Resistance Table
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connectors
          • A/C Compressor Clutch (C67)
          • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor (LE5/LSJ) (C67)
          • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor (L61) (C67)
          • Air Temperature Actuator
          • Blower Motor
          • Blower Motor Resistor
          • HVAC Control Module C1
          • HVAC Control Module C2
          • HVAC Control Module C3
          • Mode Actuator
          • Recirculation Actuator
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0158
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0532 or P0533
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Manual
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
        • Blower Motor Always On
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Test Description
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
          • Air Speed
          • OFF mode
          • Air Distribution
          • Recirculation Operation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
          • A/C Cycle
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Maintenance
  • Procedures
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting
          • Notes
          • How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • SIR Schematic Icons
        • SIR Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • SIR Component Views
        • SIR Identification Views
        • SIR Connectors
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor
          • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module
          • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Sensor
          • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module C1
          • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module C2
          • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Air Bag On/Off Indicator
          • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Seat Belt Tension Sensor
          • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module - Left (ASF)
          • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module - Right (ASF)
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) (w/ASF)
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) (w/o ASF)
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor - Left (ASF)
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor - Right (ASF)
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C1
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C2
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C1
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C2
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C3
          • Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner - Driver
          • Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner - Passenger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - SIR
        • Passenger Presence System Flash Code Procedures
          • Introduction
          • Passenger Presence System (PPS) Flash Code Procedure
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC 023
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC 024
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC 063
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC 064
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC 065
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0012 or B0013
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0015
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0016
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0019 or B0020
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0022
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0023
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0052 or B0053
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0081
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0083
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC B0085 or B0086
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC B1001
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1019
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1370
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Passenger Presence System Rezeroing
          • Introduction
          • Passenger Presence System (PPS) Rezeroing Procedure
        • Symptoms - SIR
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Air Bag Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Passenger Presence System Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling
          • Notes
          • SIR Service Precautions
          • General Service Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • SIR Service Precautions
          • Notes
          • General Service Instructions
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
        • Inflatable Restraint Instrument Panel Module Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System Replacement - Front
        • Instrument Panel Inflatable Restraint Module Indicator Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Replacement - Front
        • Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner Replacement - Front
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
          • Accident With or Without Air Bag Deployment - Component Inspections
          • Accident With Frontal Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Accident With Side Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Sensor Replacement Guidelines
        • Inflator Module Handling and Scrapping
          • Live (Undeployed) Inflator Module
          • Dual Stage Inflator Module
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle (Steering Wheel Module, I/P Module, and Roof Rail Module)
          • Deployment Inside Vehicle (Vehicle Scrapping Procedure)
        • Pretensioner Handling and Scrapping
          • Notes
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Inside the Vehicle
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle for Seat Belt Pretensioners
      • Description and Operation
        • SIR System Description and Operation
          • SIR System Overview
          • Frontal SIR System Description
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS)
          • Inflatable Restraint PASSENGER AIR BAG ON/OFF Indicator
          • AIR BAG Indicator
          • Dual Stage Inflator Modules
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil
          • Steering Wheel and Column
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor
          • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner
          • Inflatable Restraint Wiring Harness
          • Knee Bolster
          • Side SIR System Description
          • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Modules
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connectors
          • Seat Belt Switch - Driver
          • Seat Belt Switch - Passenger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Driver
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Passenger
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Front Seat Belt Buckle Replacement
        • Rear Seat Belt Buckle Replacement
        • Rear Seat Belt Replacement
        • Seat Belt Height Adjuster Replacement - Front
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement
        • Guide Replacement - Rear Seat Shoulder Belt
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicators
  • Seat Belts
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connectors
          • Seat Belt Switch - Driver
          • Seat Belt Switch - Passenger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Driver
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Passenger
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Front Seat Belt Buckle Replacement
        • Rear Seat Belt Buckle Replacement
        • Rear Seat Belt Replacement
        • Seat Belt Height Adjuster Replacement - Front
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement
        • Guide Replacement - Rear Seat Shoulder Belt
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicators
• Steering
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Steering Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Steering Component Views
        • Power Steering Connectors
          • Electronic Power Steering (EPS) Control Module C1
          • Electronic Power Steering (EPS) Control Module C2
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System
          • System Familiarization
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • System Diagnosis
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0000
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0176
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Condition for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0475
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0545
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0845
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0895
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Increase in Effort While Turning Steering Wheel
        • Poor Return of Steering Wheel
        • Steering Wheel Surges/Jerks While Turning
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Gear Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Assist Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Torque Sensor
          • EPS Motor
          • Power Steering Control Module (PSCM)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Power Steering System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Power Steering Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Power Steering Component Views
      • Power Steering Connectors
        • Electronic Power Steering (EPS) Control Module C1
        • Electronic Power Steering (EPS) Control Module C2
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System
        • System Familiarization
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • System Diagnosis
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • DTC C0000
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0176
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Condition for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0475
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC C0545
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0845
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0895
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
      • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Increase in Effort While Turning Steering Wheel
      • Poor Return of Steering Wheel
      • Steering Wheel Surges/Jerks While Turning
    • Repair Instructions
      • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Gear Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Assist Motor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Power Steering System Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Torque Sensor
        • EPS Motor
        • Power Steering Control Module (PSCM)
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Steering Wheel and Column Schematic Icons
      • Steering Wheel Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
      • Steering Wheel and Column Connectors
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Solenoid (MN5)
      • Steering Column Disassembled View
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Noise in Steering Column
      • Looseness in Steering Column
    • Repair Instructions
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Inspection
        • Electric Power Steering (EPS) Inspection
        • Collapse Measurement
      • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
      • Steering Wheel Shroud Replacement
      • Steering Column Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Jacket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Steering
        • Vehicle Security-Some Vehicle Models
        • Driver Convenience
        • Driver Safety
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Suspension
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement (FE1/FE3)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement (FE5)
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement (FE1/FE3)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement (FE5)
        • Lower Ball Joint Replacement (with FE1 Only)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Front
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Lower Control Arm Bushing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement (4-Stud Pattern)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement (5-Stud Pattern)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suspension Strut Disposal
        • Strut, Strut Component and/or Spring Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description (Strut)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers Testing - On Vehicle
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection
          • Trim Height Measurement
          • Measuring the J and K Dimension
          • Measuring the Z Dimension
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Rear Suspension
    • Rear Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Rear (Disc Brake)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Rear (Drum Brake)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Disposal
        • Coil Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coil Spring Insulators Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spring Bumper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control Arm Bushing Replacement (Suspension Insulator)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement (Disc Brake)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement (Drum Brake)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Axle Assembly
          • Coil Springs
          • Shock Absorber
          • Wheel Bearing/Hub Assembly
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers Testing - On Vehicle
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection
          • Trim Height Measurement
          • Measuring the J and K Dimension
          • Measuring the Z Dimension
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wheel Alignment System
    • Specifications
      • Wheel Alignment Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Repair Instructions
      • Measuring Wheel Alignment
      • Front Caster Adjustment
      • Front Camber Adjustment
      • Front Toe Adjustment
    • Description and Operation
      • Caster Description
      • Camber Description
      • Toe Description
      • Thrust Angles Description
      • Lead/Pull Description
      • Torque Steer Description
      • Memory Steer Description
      • Wander Description
      • Scrub Radius Description
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tires And Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular or Premature Wear
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire Diagnosis - Waddle Complaint
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Aluminum Wheel Porosity Repair
        • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing
          • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing Guidelines
          • Evaluating Damage
          • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing General Recommendations/Options
          • Repair Option Number 1
          • General Color Selection
          • General Refinishing Procedures - Removal
          • General Refinishing Procedures - Installation
          • Repair Option Number 2 - Outside Companies
        • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation (4 Lug Wheel)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation (5 Lug Wheel)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Repair
          • Notes
          • External Inspection
          • Internal Inspection
          • Cleaning
          • Clean the Injury Channel
          • Fill the Injury
          • Repair Unit Selection
          • Buffing
          • Cementing
          • Repair Unit Application
          • Safety Cage
          • Final Inspection
        • Tire Mounting and Dismounting
        • Tire Rotation
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts and Bolts Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
        • Steel Wheel Repair Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T45-E - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission
        • Notes
        • Symptoms
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
        • Notes
        • Type A
        • Type B
        • Type C
        • Type X
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List/Type
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T45-E - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Range Reference
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Shift Speed
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Logic
        • Transmission Range Switch Logic
        • Line Pressure
        • Component Resistance
        • End Play Specifications
        • Clutch Plate Selection Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Schematic Icons
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Disassembled Views
        • Component Location
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector
          • C100 Engine Side to Transmission Side
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connectors
          • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch, Wiring Harness Side
          • Input Speed Sensor (ISS), Wiring Harness Side
          • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connectors
          • Output Speed Sensor (OSS), Wiring Harness Side
          • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM), Engine Side
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Instructions - On Vehicle
          • Transmission Control Module Replacement
          • Floor Shift Control Knob Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Control Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Shift Control Cable Adjustment
          • Park/Neutral Position Switch Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure (Old Switch)
            • Installation Procedure (New Switch)
          • Park/Neutral Position Switch Adjustment
            • Tools Required
            • Adjustment
          • Oil Pan Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Filter and Seal Replacement
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Low/Reverse Servo Assembly Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Intermediate/Fourth Servo Assembly Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Disassembly Procedure
            • Assembly Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Pipes Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Oil Feed Pipes Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Case Side Cover Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Case Side Cover Seal Replacement
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Wiring Harness Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Replacement
            • Replacement Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Pressure Control Solenoid Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Control Valve Body Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Stub Axle Shaft Sleeve and Seal Replacement
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Output Axle Shaft Sleeve and Seal Replacement
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Mount Inspection
          • Transmission Front Mount Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Rear Mount Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Mount Replacement - Left Side
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Installation Procedure
        • Repair Instructions - Off Vehicle
          • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
          • Transmission Holding Fixture Assemble
          • Stub Shaft Removal
          • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Removal
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pan and Gasket Removal
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Filter, Seal, and Level Control Valve Removal
          • Oil Feed Pipes Removal
          • Intermediate/Fourth Servo Removal
          • Low and Reverse Servo Removal
          • Case Side Cover Removal
          • Output Shaft Removal
          • Oil Pump and Oil Pump Shaft Removal
          • Wire Harness Disconnect
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Removal
          • Control Valve Body Assembly and Gasket Removal
          • Spacer Plate and Gasket Removal
          • Checkball Removal
          • Manual Valve Clip Removal
          • Channel Plate and Gasket Removal
          • Accumulator Spring Removal
          • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket, and Drive Link Removal
          • Input Speed Sensor Removal
          • Wiring Harness Removal
            • Tools Required
          • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Removal
          • Second Clutch Plates Removal
          • Reverse Input Clutch Housing Removal
          • Intermediate Fourth Band Removal
          • Direct/Coast Clutch and Reaction Gear Set Removal
          • Input Carrier and Reaction Gear Assembly Removal
          • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Removal
          • Forward Clutch and Low/Reverse Band Removal
          • Forward Clutch Support, Low Roller Clutch Removal
            • Tools Required
          • Final Drive Assembly Removal
          • Final Drive Internal Gear Removal
          • Manual Shift Shaft, Detent Lever, and Park Lock Removal
          • Transmission Cooler Line Seals Removal
            • Tool Required
          • Torque Converter Seal Removal
            • Tools Required
          • Drive Sprocket Support Removal
          • Right Hand Axle Seal Removal
          • Case Inspection
          • Actuator Guide Replacement
          • Drive Sprocket Support Installation
          • Torque Converter Seal Installation
            • Tools Required
          • Transmission Cooler Line Seals Installation
            • Tools Required
          • Manual Shift Shaft, Detent Lever, and Park Lock Installation
            • Tools Required
          • Final Drive Assembly Disassemble
          • Final Drive Assembly Assemble
            • Tools Required
          • Final Drive Pinion End Play Check
          • Fretting Ring, Final Drive Internal Gear Install
          • Final Drive and Differential Assembly Install
            • Tools Required
          • Forward Clutch Support, Roller Clutch Disassemble
          • Forward Clutch Support, Low Roller Clutch Assemble
          • Forward Clutch Support, Low Roller Clutch Install
          • Forward Clutch Assembly Disassemble
          • Forward Clutch Assembly Assemble
          • Low/Reverse Band Installation
          • Forward Clutch Assembly Installation
          • Forward Clutch Functional Air Check
          • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Disassemble
          • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Assemble
            • Tools Required
          • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Install
          • Reaction Internal Gear, Input Carrier Disassemble
          • Input Carrier Pinion Gear Clearance Check
          • Reaction Internal Gear, Input Carrier Assemble
            • Tools Required
          • Reaction Internal Gear, Input Carrier Installation
          • Direct/Coast Clutch, Reaction Carrier Disassemble
          • Reaction Carrier Pinion Clearance Check
          • Direct/Coast Clutch, Reaction Carrier Assemble
          • Direct and Coast Clutch Functional Air Checks
          • Direct/Coast Clutch, Reaction Carrier Installation
          • Selective Washer Measurement and Installation
            • Tools Required
          • Reverse Input and Second Roller Clutch Disassemble
          • Reverse Input and Second Roller Clutch Assemble
          • Reverse Clutch Functional Air Check
            • Tools Required
          • Reverse Input and Second Roller Clutch Installation
          • Intermediate Fourth Band Assembly Installation
          • Second Clutch Plate Installation
          • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Disassemble
          • Drive Sprocket Support Assemble
          • Second Clutch Functional Air Check
          • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Installation
          • Wiring Harness Connection
          • Input Speed Sensor Installation
          • Drive, Driven Sprockets and Drive Link Disassemble
          • Drive, Driven Sprockets and Drive Link Assemble
          • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket, and Drive Link Installation
            • Tools Required
          • Channel Plate Assembly Disassemble
          • Channel Plate Assembly Assemble
            • Tools Required
          • Accumulator Springs Installation
          • Channel Plate Assembly Installation
            • Tools Required
          • Manual Valve Link Installation
          • Checkballs Installation
          • Spacer Plate and Gaskets Installation
          • Control Valve Body Disassemble
          • Control Valve Body Assemble
          • Control Valve Assembly and Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Installation
          • Wiring Harness Assembly Connect
          • Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
          • Oil Pump Assembly Installation
          • Side Cover/Gaskets, Disassemble, Assemble, Install
            • Tools Required
          • Side Cover Axle Seal Installation
          • Output Shaft Inspect
          • Output Shaft Sleeve Replacement
          • Output Shaft Installation
          • Stub Shaft Sleeve Assembly Installation
            • Tools Required
          • Right Hand Axle Seal Assemble
          • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Installation
          • Intermediate/Fourth Servo Disassemble
          • Intermediate/Fourth Servo Assemble and Installation
          • Low and Reverse Servo Disassemble
          • Low and Reverse Servo Assemble and Installation
          • Oil Feed Pipes Assemble
          • Filter Assembly and Seal Installation
          • Oil Level Control Valve Installation
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pan and Gasket Installation
          • Torque Converter Installation
            • Tools Required
      • Description and Operation
        • Transmission General Information
          • How to Use This Section
          • Basic Knowledge
          • Diagnosis
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission General Description
        • Transmission Component and System Description
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
        • Electronic Component Description
          • Transmission Control Module
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve
          • Automatic Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
          • Shift Solenoid Valves: 1-2 and 2-3
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
          • Output Speed Sensor (OSS)
          • Input Speed Sensor (ISS)
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Park/Neutral Position Switch
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector Description
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (W/O Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
            • Low and Reverse Band Applies
            • Shift Accumulation
            • Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits
            • Park - Engine Running - Without Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
            • Reverse Clutch Releases
            • Low and Reverse Band Remains Applied
            • Neutral - Engine Running - Without Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
            • Low and Reverse Band Applies
            • Shift Accumulation
            • Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits
            • Park - Engine Running - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
            • Reverse Clutch Releases
            • Low and Reverse Band Remains Applied
            • Neutral - Engine Running - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Reverse (W/O Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
            • Reverse Clutch Applies
            • Low and Reverse Band Remains Applied
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Cooler and Lube
            • Reverse - Without Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Reverse (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
            • Reverse Clutch Applies
            • Low and Reverse Band Remains Applied
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Cooler and Lube
            • Reverse - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (W/O Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Low and Reverse Band Releases
            • Forward Clutch Applies
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear - Without Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Low and Reverse Band Releases
            • Forward Clutch Applies
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (W/O Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Second Clutch Applied
            • Shift Accumulation
            • Overdrive Range, Second Gear - Without Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Second Clutch Applied
            • Shift Accumulation
            • Overdrive Range, Second Gear - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (W/O Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Direct Clutch Applies
            • Shift Accumulation
            • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - TCC Not Applied - Without Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Direct Clutch Applies
            • Shift Accumulation
            • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - TCC Not Applied - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Applied (W/O Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Intermediate and Fourth Band Applied
            • Shift Accumulation
            • Torque Converter Clutch Applied
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Applied - Without Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Applied (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Intermediate and Fourth Band Applied
            • Shift Accumulation
            • Torque Converter Clutch Applied
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Applied - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (W/O Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Line Pressure Increases
            • Intermediate and Fourth Band Releases
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - TCC Not Applied - Without Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Drive Range, Manual Third (from Overdrive Range) (W/O Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Fourth Gear Hydraulically Prevented
            • Manual Third - Second and First Gears
            • Drive Range, Manual 3rd (from Overdrive Range) - Without Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Third Gear (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Fourth Gear Hydraulically Prevented
            • Manual Third - Second and First Gears
            • Manual Range 3rd - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Drive Range, Manual Second (from Drive, Manual Third) (W/O Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Direct Clutch Releases
            • Intermediate and Fourth Band Applies
            • Pressure Control
            • Drive Range, Manual 2nd (from Drive, Manual 3rd) - Without Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Second Gear (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Direct Clutch Releases
            • Intermediate and Fourth Band Applies
            • Pressure Control
            • Manual Range 2nd - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Drive Range, Manual First (from Drive, Manual Second) (W/O Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Second Clutch Releases
            • Intermediate Band Releases
            • Low and Reverse Band Applies
            • Drive Range, Manual 1st (from Drive, Manual 2nd) - Without Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual First Gear (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Second Clutch Releases
            • Intermediate Band Releases
            • Low and Reverse Band Applies
            • Manual Range 1st - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Fluid Passages
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T45-E - DTC P0218 To DTC P0973
      • DTC P0218
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0562
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running The DTC
        • Conditions for Setting The DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0563
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running The DTC
        • Conditions for Setting The DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0601, P0602, P0603, or P0604
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P062F
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0705
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0711
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0712
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0713
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0716
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0717
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0719
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0722
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0723
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0724
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0741
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0742
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0751
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0752
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0756
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0757
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0842
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0843
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0961
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0973
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T45-E - DTC P0974 To DTC P2764
      • DTC P0974
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0976
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0977
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1810
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1811
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1816
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1818
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2534
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P2763
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2764
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T45-E - Service, Diagnosis & Troubleshooting
      • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission
      • Transmission Fluid Checking
      • Line Pressure Check
      • Road Test
        • Notes
        • Electrical Function Check
        • Upshift Control and Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
        • Part Throttle Detent Downshift
        • Full Throttle Detent Downshift
        • Manual Downshifts
        • Coasting Downshifts
        • Manual Gear Range Selection
      • Torque Converter Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • Torque Converter Stator
        • Poor Acceleration at Low Speed
        • Poor Acceleration at High Speed
        • Noise
        • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
        • If Shudder Occurs After TCC has Applied
        • Torque Converter Evaluation and Diagnosis
      • Flexplate/Torque Converter Vibration Test
        • Isolating Vibration
        • Indexing Torque Converter
      • Noise and Vibration Analysis
      • Clutch Plate Diagnosis
        • Composition Plates
        • Steel Plates
        • Causes of Burned Clutch Plates
      • Engine Coolant/Water in Transmission
      • Fluid Leak Diagnosis
        • General Method
        • Powder Method
        • Dye and Black Light Method
        • Find the Cause of the Leak
        • Possible Points of Fluid Leaks
      • Case Porosity Repair
      • Shift Solenoid Leak Test
        • Tools Required
        • Leak Test Procedure
      • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J 45096)
        • Notes
        • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
        • Machine Set-up
        • Determine Minimum Flow Rate
        • Back Flush Procedure
        • Forward Flush
        • Flow Test
        • Code Recording Procedure
        • Clean-up
      • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J 35944-A)
        • Notes
        • Preparation
        • Back Flush
        • Forward Flush
        • Flow Test
        • Clean-up
      • Troubleshooting
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Leaks
        • High or Low Line Pressure
        • Inaccurate/Inconsistent Shift Points
        • Harsh Shifts
        • No Reverse or Slips in Reverse
        • No First Gear, Slips in First Gear
        • No Second Gear, Slips in Second Gear
        • No Third Gear, Slips in Third Gear
        • Second Gear Only
        • No Fourth Gear, or Slips in Fourth Gear
        • Loss of Drive
        • Loss of Power
        • Engine Stall
        • First and Second Gears Only
        • Third and Fourth Gears Only
        • First and Fourth Gears Only
        • Second and Third Gears Only
        • No Park
        • Ratcheting Noise
        • No Engine Braking; All Manual Ranges
        • No Engine Braking; Manual Second - Second Gear
        • No Engine Braking; Manual First - First Gear
        • Drives in Neutral
        • No Gear Selection
        • Shift Indicator Indicates Wrong Gear Selection
        • Fluid Foaming
        • Vibration
        • Whine Noise Varying with RPM
        • High Pitch Whine Noise
        • Popping Noise
        • Buzz Noise or High Frequency Rattle Sound
        • Whine/Growl Noise That Changes with Vehicle Speed
        • Final Drive Noise or Hum Noise
        • Noise in Random Ranges
        • Noise in First, Second, Third, or Fourth
        • No Torque Converter Clutch Release
        • Torque Converter Clutch Apply with Cold Engine
        • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
    • Shift Interlock System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Shift Lock Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Shift Lock Control Component Views
        • Shift Lock Control Connectors
          • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) /Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
        • DTC B2705
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Shift Lever Does Not Move with Brake Pedal Depressed
        • Shift Lever Can Be Moved without Brake Pedal Depressed
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Description and Operation
  • Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T45-E - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Range Reference
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Shift Speed
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Logic
        • Transmission Range Switch Logic
        • Line Pressure
        • Component Resistance
        • End Play Specifications
        • Clutch Plate Selection Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Schematic Icons
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Disassembled Views
        • Component Location
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector
          • C100 Engine Side to Transmission Side
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connectors
          • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch, Wiring Harness Side
          • Input Speed Sensor (ISS), Wiring Harness Side
          • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connectors
          • Output Speed Sensor (OSS), Wiring Harness Side
          • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM), Engine Side
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Instructions - On Vehicle
          • Transmission Control Module Replacement
          • Floor Shift Control Knob Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Control Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Shift Control Cable Adjustment
          • Park/Neutral Position Switch Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure (Old Switch)
            • Installation Procedure (New Switch)
          • Park/Neutral Position Switch Adjustment
            • Tools Required
            • Adjustment
          • Oil Pan Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Filter and Seal Replacement
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Low/Reverse Servo Assembly Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Intermediate/Fourth Servo Assembly Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Disassembly Procedure
            • Assembly Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Pipes Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Oil Feed Pipes Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Case Side Cover Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Case Side Cover Seal Replacement
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Wiring Harness Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Replacement
            • Replacement Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Pressure Control Solenoid Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Control Valve Body Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Stub Axle Shaft Sleeve and Seal Replacement
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Output Axle Shaft Sleeve and Seal Replacement
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Mount Inspection
          • Transmission Front Mount Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Rear Mount Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Mount Replacement - Left Side
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Installation Procedure
        • Repair Instructions - Off Vehicle
          • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
          • Transmission Holding Fixture Assemble
          • Stub Shaft Removal
          • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Removal
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pan and Gasket Removal
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Filter, Seal, and Level Control Valve Removal
          • Oil Feed Pipes Removal
          • Intermediate/Fourth Servo Removal
          • Low and Reverse Servo Removal
          • Case Side Cover Removal
          • Output Shaft Removal
          • Oil Pump and Oil Pump Shaft Removal
          • Wire Harness Disconnect
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Removal
          • Control Valve Body Assembly and Gasket Removal
          • Spacer Plate and Gasket Removal
          • Checkball Removal
          • Manual Valve Clip Removal
          • Channel Plate and Gasket Removal
          • Accumulator Spring Removal
          • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket, and Drive Link Removal
          • Input Speed Sensor Removal
          • Wiring Harness Removal
            • Tools Required
          • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Removal
          • Second Clutch Plates Removal
          • Reverse Input Clutch Housing Removal
          • Intermediate Fourth Band Removal
          • Direct/Coast Clutch and Reaction Gear Set Removal
          • Input Carrier and Reaction Gear Assembly Removal
          • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Removal
          • Forward Clutch and Low/Reverse Band Removal
          • Forward Clutch Support, Low Roller Clutch Removal
            • Tools Required
          • Final Drive Assembly Removal
          • Final Drive Internal Gear Removal
          • Manual Shift Shaft, Detent Lever, and Park Lock Removal
          • Transmission Cooler Line Seals Removal
            • Tool Required
          • Torque Converter Seal Removal
            • Tools Required
          • Drive Sprocket Support Removal
          • Right Hand Axle Seal Removal
          • Case Inspection
          • Actuator Guide Replacement
          • Drive Sprocket Support Installation
          • Torque Converter Seal Installation
            • Tools Required
          • Transmission Cooler Line Seals Installation
            • Tools Required
          • Manual Shift Shaft, Detent Lever, and Park Lock Installation
            • Tools Required
          • Final Drive Assembly Disassemble
          • Final Drive Assembly Assemble
            • Tools Required
          • Final Drive Pinion End Play Check
          • Fretting Ring, Final Drive Internal Gear Install
          • Final Drive and Differential Assembly Install
            • Tools Required
          • Forward Clutch Support, Roller Clutch Disassemble
          • Forward Clutch Support, Low Roller Clutch Assemble
          • Forward Clutch Support, Low Roller Clutch Install
          • Forward Clutch Assembly Disassemble
          • Forward Clutch Assembly Assemble
          • Low/Reverse Band Installation
          • Forward Clutch Assembly Installation
          • Forward Clutch Functional Air Check
          • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Disassemble
          • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Assemble
            • Tools Required
          • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Install
          • Reaction Internal Gear, Input Carrier Disassemble
          • Input Carrier Pinion Gear Clearance Check
          • Reaction Internal Gear, Input Carrier Assemble
            • Tools Required
          • Reaction Internal Gear, Input Carrier Installation
          • Direct/Coast Clutch, Reaction Carrier Disassemble
          • Reaction Carrier Pinion Clearance Check
          • Direct/Coast Clutch, Reaction Carrier Assemble
          • Direct and Coast Clutch Functional Air Checks
          • Direct/Coast Clutch, Reaction Carrier Installation
          • Selective Washer Measurement and Installation
            • Tools Required
          • Reverse Input and Second Roller Clutch Disassemble
          • Reverse Input and Second Roller Clutch Assemble
          • Reverse Clutch Functional Air Check
            • Tools Required
          • Reverse Input and Second Roller Clutch Installation
          • Intermediate Fourth Band Assembly Installation
          • Second Clutch Plate Installation
          • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Disassemble
          • Drive Sprocket Support Assemble
          • Second Clutch Functional Air Check
          • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Installation
          • Wiring Harness Connection
          • Input Speed Sensor Installation
          • Drive, Driven Sprockets and Drive Link Disassemble
          • Drive, Driven Sprockets and Drive Link Assemble
          • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket, and Drive Link Installation
            • Tools Required
          • Channel Plate Assembly Disassemble
          • Channel Plate Assembly Assemble
            • Tools Required
          • Accumulator Springs Installation
          • Channel Plate Assembly Installation
            • Tools Required
          • Manual Valve Link Installation
          • Checkballs Installation
          • Spacer Plate and Gaskets Installation
          • Control Valve Body Disassemble
          • Control Valve Body Assemble
          • Control Valve Assembly and Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Installation
          • Wiring Harness Assembly Connect
          • Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
          • Oil Pump Assembly Installation
          • Side Cover/Gaskets, Disassemble, Assemble, Install
            • Tools Required
          • Side Cover Axle Seal Installation
          • Output Shaft Inspect
          • Output Shaft Sleeve Replacement
          • Output Shaft Installation
          • Stub Shaft Sleeve Assembly Installation
            • Tools Required
          • Right Hand Axle Seal Assemble
          • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Installation
          • Intermediate/Fourth Servo Disassemble
          • Intermediate/Fourth Servo Assemble and Installation
          • Low and Reverse Servo Disassemble
          • Low and Reverse Servo Assemble and Installation
          • Oil Feed Pipes Assemble
          • Filter Assembly and Seal Installation
          • Oil Level Control Valve Installation
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pan and Gasket Installation
          • Torque Converter Installation
            • Tools Required
      • Description and Operation
        • Transmission General Information
          • How to Use This Section
          • Basic Knowledge
          • Diagnosis
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission General Description
        • Transmission Component and System Description
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
        • Electronic Component Description
          • Transmission Control Module
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve
          • Automatic Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
          • Shift Solenoid Valves: 1-2 and 2-3
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
          • Output Speed Sensor (OSS)
          • Input Speed Sensor (ISS)
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Park/Neutral Position Switch
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector Description
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (W/O Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
            • Low and Reverse Band Applies
            • Shift Accumulation
            • Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits
            • Park - Engine Running - Without Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
            • Reverse Clutch Releases
            • Low and Reverse Band Remains Applied
            • Neutral - Engine Running - Without Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
            • Low and Reverse Band Applies
            • Shift Accumulation
            • Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits
            • Park - Engine Running - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
            • Reverse Clutch Releases
            • Low and Reverse Band Remains Applied
            • Neutral - Engine Running - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Reverse (W/O Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
            • Reverse Clutch Applies
            • Low and Reverse Band Remains Applied
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Cooler and Lube
            • Reverse - Without Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Reverse (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
            • Reverse Clutch Applies
            • Low and Reverse Band Remains Applied
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Cooler and Lube
            • Reverse - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (W/O Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Low and Reverse Band Releases
            • Forward Clutch Applies
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear - Without Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Low and Reverse Band Releases
            • Forward Clutch Applies
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (W/O Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Second Clutch Applied
            • Shift Accumulation
            • Overdrive Range, Second Gear - Without Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Second Clutch Applied
            • Shift Accumulation
            • Overdrive Range, Second Gear - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (W/O Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Direct Clutch Applies
            • Shift Accumulation
            • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - TCC Not Applied - Without Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Direct Clutch Applies
            • Shift Accumulation
            • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - TCC Not Applied - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Applied (W/O Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Intermediate and Fourth Band Applied
            • Shift Accumulation
            • Torque Converter Clutch Applied
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Applied - Without Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Applied (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Intermediate and Fourth Band Applied
            • Shift Accumulation
            • Torque Converter Clutch Applied
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Applied - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (W/O Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Line Pressure Increases
            • Intermediate and Fourth Band Releases
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - TCC Not Applied - Without Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Drive Range, Manual Third (from Overdrive Range) (W/O Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Fourth Gear Hydraulically Prevented
            • Manual Third - Second and First Gears
            • Drive Range, Manual 3rd (from Overdrive Range) - Without Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Third Gear (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Fourth Gear Hydraulically Prevented
            • Manual Third - Second and First Gears
            • Manual Range 3rd - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Drive Range, Manual Second (from Drive, Manual Third) (W/O Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Direct Clutch Releases
            • Intermediate and Fourth Band Applies
            • Pressure Control
            • Drive Range, Manual 2nd (from Drive, Manual 3rd) - Without Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Second Gear (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Direct Clutch Releases
            • Intermediate and Fourth Band Applies
            • Pressure Control
            • Manual Range 2nd - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Drive Range, Manual First (from Drive, Manual Second) (W/O Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Second Clutch Releases
            • Intermediate Band Releases
            • Low and Reverse Band Applies
            • Drive Range, Manual 1st (from Drive, Manual 2nd) - Without Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual First Gear (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Second Clutch Releases
            • Intermediate Band Releases
            • Low and Reverse Band Applies
            • Manual Range 1st - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Fluid Passages
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• External Pages